{"title":"All products","description":null,"products":[{"product_id":"red-lava-volcanic-rocks-10-20mm-premium-decorative-stones","title":"Red Lava Volcanic Gravel Rocks 10-20mm – Premium Decorative Stones","description":"\u003ch2\u003eVolcanic Lava Gravel 10–20 mm – Natural Landscaping Stone\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVolcanic Lava Gravel in the 10–20 mm size\u003c\/strong\u003e is a natural decorative stone with a distinctive porous texture and warm reddish-brown colouring. Formed from volcanic rock, each piece has its own irregular shape and surface, creating a natural finish that works particularly well alongside plants and other garden materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e10–20 mm gravel size\u003c\/strong\u003e is ideal for creating neat, even decorative surfaces without overpowering surrounding planting. It is an excellent choice for flower beds, borders, planters, areas around shrubs and trees, rock gardens and a wide variety of landscaping projects.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProperties and Benefits of Volcanic Lava Gravel:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Natural volcanic rock\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10–20 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Natural reddish-brown with varied earthy tones\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTexture:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rough, porous and naturally irregular\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAppearance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rustic, natural finish that blends beautifully with planting\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVersatility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for a wide range of garden and landscaping applications\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLow Maintenance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Provides a durable decorative surface without the regular replacement associated with organic ground coverings\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eApplications:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eVolcanic Lava Gravel is particularly effective when combined with plants, timber, paving and other natural landscaping materials. Its warm colour creates an attractive contrast against green foliage while its textured appearance adds depth and character to garden designs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlower Beds \u0026amp; Borders:\u003c\/strong\u003e Creates a clean decorative finish around flowers, shrubs and ornamental plants while helping clearly define planting areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanters \u0026amp; Pots:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal as a decorative top layer in outdoor pots, containers and large landscape planters.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAround Trees \u0026amp; Shrubs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Creates an attractive natural-looking surface around established trees, bushes and other garden planting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Landscaping:\u003c\/strong\u003e Perfect for filling decorative areas, creating contrasting sections and adding texture throughout landscaped gardens.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRock Gardens:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rugged volcanic appearance works particularly well in rock gardens, Mediterranean-style planting and contemporary low-maintenance landscapes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePaths \u0026amp; Edging:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for decorative garden paths, edging and areas between paving, planting beds and other landscaping features.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose the 10–20 mm Size?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e10–20 mm fraction\u003c\/strong\u003e provides a balanced decorative finish that is fine enough to form a consistent surface while still showing the natural shape and texture of volcanic stone.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIts relatively small size makes it particularly suitable for detailed planting areas, smaller flower beds, planters and spaces around individual plants where larger decorative stones could appear too dominant.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eNatural Colour for Garden Landscapes\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe reddish-brown and earthy shades of volcanic lava gravel create a strong but natural contrast against green foliage, ornamental grasses, flowers and shrubs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt complements a wide variety of landscaping materials including \u003cstrong\u003etimber, paving, natural stone, concrete and modern garden planters\u003c\/strong\u003e, making it suitable for both traditional and contemporary garden designs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause of the natural origin of the stone, variations in \u003cstrong\u003ecolour, shape and texture\u003c\/strong\u003e should be expected and form part of its character.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCoverage and Installation\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor the best visual result, Volcanic Lava Gravel should be laid in an even layer across the prepared landscaping area.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eActual coverage will depend on the \u003cstrong\u003edepth of the finished layer and the characteristics of the area being covered\u003c\/strong\u003e. For planting beds and decorative areas, using a suitable landscaping membrane underneath the gravel can help create a cleaner, longer-lasting finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTransport and Delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe deliver landscaping stone throughout the UK. Larger quantities are supplied on pallets, making Volcanic Lava Gravel suitable for everything from individual garden projects to larger professional landscaping installations.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePallet deliveries should be made onto a \u003cstrong\u003efirm, level surface\u003c\/strong\u003e suitable for unloading with a pallet truck, such as concrete, paving or asphalt.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePackaging\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eVolcanic Lava Gravel is securely packed for transport to help ensure it arrives safely and ready for use in your garden or landscaping project.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HeavyStones","offers":[{"title":"1kg","offer_id":53216399360266,"sku":null,"price":9.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"10kg","offer_id":53216399393034,"sku":null,"price":24.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"20kg","offer_id":53216399425802,"sku":null,"price":32.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0953\/2299\/7002\/files\/red-lava-volcanic-rocks-10-20mm_e06a4ac2-84f9-49ac-83df-625b9da1f5c6.png?v=1781555490"},{"product_id":"italian-rosso-verona-gravel-16-22mm-premium-decorative-stone","title":"Italian Rosso Verona Gravel 16-22mm – Premium Decorative Stones","description":"\u003ch2\u003eItalian Rosso Verona Gravel 16–22mm – Premium Decorative Stones\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eItalian Rosso Verona Gravel \u003cstrong\u003e16–22 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e is a natural decorative stone from \u003cstrong\u003eItaly 🇮🇹\u003c\/strong\u003e, recognised for its warm blend of soft pink, salmon, terracotta and light cream tones. The stone has a naturally angular shape and subtle colour variation, giving landscaped areas a warm finish without looking overly uniform.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e16–22 mm size\u003c\/strong\u003e is practical for general garden landscaping, including paths, borders, planting areas and decorative ground cover. Its lighter colour also works well alongside greenery, timber and paving.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProperties and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrigin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Italy 🇮🇹\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Natural stone\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16–22 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pink, salmon, terracotta and pale cream tones\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Naturally angular and irregular\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSurface:\u003c\/strong\u003e Textured natural finish\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAppearance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warm Mediterranean-style colouring\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDurability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for long-term outdoor landscaping\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaintenance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy to maintain and suitable for permanent decorative areas\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e16–22 mm grading\u003c\/strong\u003e makes Rosso Verona a useful all-round landscaping gravel for both smaller gardens and larger outdoor areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlower Beds:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for covering soil around flowers, shrubs and ornamental grasses.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Borders:\u003c\/strong\u003e Creates a clear finish between lawns, planting areas and paving.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePaths:\u003c\/strong\u003e The angular stone forms a practical decorative surface for garden paths and walkways.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanters \u0026amp; Pots:\u003c\/strong\u003e Can be used as a decorative top layer in outdoor containers and larger planters.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAround Trees \u0026amp; Shrubs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gives established planting areas a cleaner finished appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDecorative Landscaping:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for larger areas where a warm-coloured gravel surface is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePaving \u0026amp; Edging:\u003c\/strong\u003e Works well alongside patios, paving slabs, timber edging and other hard landscaping materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eUsing 16–22 mm Rosso Verona Gravel\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e16–22 mm fraction\u003c\/strong\u003e provides a good balance between appearance and practicality. The pieces are large enough for the individual colour and texture of the stone to remain visible, while still being small enough to produce an even gravel surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor garden beds and landscaped areas, we recommend preparing the ground before installation. A suitable \u003cstrong\u003eweed-control membrane\u003c\/strong\u003e can be laid underneath the gravel to separate it from the soil and make future maintenance easier.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eColour and Natural Finish\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRosso Verona Gravel contains a natural mixture of \u003cstrong\u003epink, peach, salmon, terracotta and pale cream shades\u003c\/strong\u003e. Individual stones may contain different tones and markings depending on the natural material.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe colours generally become deeper when the stone is wet, while dry gravel has a softer and lighter appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eNatural Stone Variations\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAs this is a \u003cstrong\u003enatural stone\u003c\/strong\u003e, differences in colour, shape, markings and texture should be expected. These variations are part of the material rather than defects.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe stated \u003cstrong\u003e16–22 mm size is an approximate grading\u003c\/strong\u003e, so a small proportion of pieces may fall slightly above or below this range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eProduct photographs are intended to represent the material as closely as possible, but colour can vary slightly depending on lighting conditions and screen settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and Maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRosso Verona Gravel requires little ongoing maintenance. Leaves and loose garden debris can normally be removed using a blower, brush or rake.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe stone can also be gently rinsed with water when required. Using a landscaping membrane beneath the gravel helps prevent the stone from mixing with the soil and keeps the finished area easier to maintain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTransport and Delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe deliver decorative gravel throughout the UK, with quantities suitable for small garden projects through to larger landscaping work.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLarger orders may be supplied on pallets. Pallet deliveries require a \u003cstrong\u003efirm, level surface\u003c\/strong\u003e such as concrete, paving or asphalt so the goods can be unloaded safely using a pallet truck.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor larger quantities or landscaping projects beyond the options available online, please contact us for a quotation.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HeavyStones","offers":[{"title":"1kg","offer_id":53216399458570,"sku":null,"price":9.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"10kg","offer_id":53216399491338,"sku":null,"price":24.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"20kg","offer_id":53216399524106,"sku":null,"price":32.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0953\/2299\/7002\/files\/italian-rosso-verona-gravel-16-22mm_c401e44c-daa3-4982-9369-bd142f81c8e4.png?v=1781555490"},{"product_id":"silver-granite-gravel-16-22mm-premium-decorative-stones","title":"Silver Granite Gravel 16-22mm – Premium Decorative Stones","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSilver Granite Gravel 16–22mm – Premium Decorative Stones\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eSilver Granite Gravel \u003cstrong\u003e16–22 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e is a hard-wearing natural stone with a mix of silver, light grey and darker mineral tones. Its angular shape and speckled granite surface give it a clean, understated appearance that suits both modern and traditional garden designs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e16–22 mm grading\u003c\/strong\u003e is a practical size for paths, borders, planting areas and larger landscaped surfaces. When wet, the grey tones become deeper and the natural mineral pattern of the granite is more noticeable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProperties and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Natural granite\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16–22 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver and light grey with darker natural mineral markings\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Angular and irregular\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSurface:\u003c\/strong\u003e Naturally textured granite finish\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAppearance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clean grey colouring with natural variation\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDurability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hard-wearing stone suitable for long-term outdoor use\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaintenance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy to maintain and suitable for permanent landscaped areas\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSilver Granite Gravel is a useful general-purpose landscaping stone. Its neutral colour makes it easy to combine with planting, paving and other garden materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Paths:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for creating decorative paths and walkways.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlower Beds:\u003c\/strong\u003e Can be laid around shrubs, flowers and ornamental grasses as a decorative ground covering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Borders:\u003c\/strong\u003e Provides a neat separation between lawns, beds and paved areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAround Trees \u0026amp; Shrubs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gives established planting areas a tidy finished surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDriveways:\u003c\/strong\u003e The angular shape makes it suitable for decorative driveway areas when installed over a correctly prepared base.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePaving \u0026amp; Edging:\u003c\/strong\u003e Works well alongside paving slabs, patios, steps and garden edging.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGeneral Landscaping:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for larger gravel areas where a neutral grey finish is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eUsing 16–22 mm Silver Granite Gravel\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e16–22 mm size\u003c\/strong\u003e is large enough to show the natural texture of the granite while remaining practical for covering larger areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor paths, beds and decorative areas, prepare and level the ground before laying the gravel. A suitable \u003cstrong\u003eweed-control membrane\u003c\/strong\u003e can be installed underneath to keep the stone separate from the soil and reduce weed growth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor driveways and frequently used areas, the gravel should be laid over a properly prepared and compacted sub-base.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eColour and Natural Finish\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSilver Granite contains a mixture of \u003cstrong\u003elight grey, silver, white and darker grey mineral tones\u003c\/strong\u003e. The individual pieces are naturally speckled rather than completely uniform in colour.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen dry, the gravel has a lighter silver-grey appearance. Rain or rinsing darkens the stone and makes the natural granite pattern more visible.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eNatural Stone Variations\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSilver Granite Gravel is a \u003cstrong\u003enatural quarried product\u003c\/strong\u003e, so differences in colour, markings, shape and texture are normal.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe stated \u003cstrong\u003e16–22 mm grading is approximate\u003c\/strong\u003e, and some pieces may fall slightly outside this range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePhotographs are intended to represent the stone as accurately as possible, although the colour may vary slightly depending on natural batch variation, lighting and screen settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and Maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSilver Granite Gravel requires little maintenance once installed. Leaves and loose debris can normally be removed with a rake, brush or garden blower.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe stone can be rinsed with water when required. Using a landscaping membrane underneath decorative areas also helps prevent soil from mixing with the gravel over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTransport and Delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe deliver decorative gravel throughout the UK, with quantities available for small garden projects as well as larger landscaping work.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLarger orders may be delivered on pallets. A \u003cstrong\u003efirm, level surface\u003c\/strong\u003e such as concrete, paving or asphalt is required so the pallet can be unloaded safely using a pallet truck.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor larger quantities or landscaping projects beyond the options available online, please contact us for a quotation.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HeavyStones","offers":[{"title":"1kg","offer_id":53216399556874,"sku":null,"price":9.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"10kg","offer_id":53216399589642,"sku":null,"price":24.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"20kg","offer_id":53216399622410,"sku":null,"price":32.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0953\/2299\/7002\/files\/silver-grey-granite-gravel-16-22mm_3ea89677-a021-482e-a2be-d072fee0f898.png?v=1781555490"},{"product_id":"curved-gabion-border-basket-with-20kg-garden-stones","title":"Curved Gabion Border Basket - with 20kg of Garden Stones Included","description":"\u003ch2\u003eCurved Gabion Border Basket – with 20kg of Garden Stones Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eCurved Gabion Border Basket with 20kg of garden stones included\u003c\/strong\u003e is designed for creating curved decorative borders around flower beds, trees, pathways and other landscaped areas. Its narrow profile allows you to introduce a stone-filled edge without taking up too much planting space.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis version includes the \u003cstrong\u003egabion border basket, 20kg of decorative garden stones and 3 galvanised steel ground fixings\u003c\/strong\u003e. Multiple curved baskets can also be joined together to create larger circular or rounded layouts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat Is Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1 x Curved Gabion Border Basket\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e20kg of decorative garden stones\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3 x galvanised steel ground fixings\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003eStone supplied for filling the basket\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4 curved baskets can form a complete circle\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 75 cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 11 cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20 cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBasket Weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.80 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Stone Included:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGround Fixings:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 supplied\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProperties and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Curved decorative gabion border\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gently curved rectangular basket\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 75 cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 11 cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20 cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStone Included:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20kg of decorative garden stone\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGround Fixings:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 galvanised steel stakes supplied\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModular Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Combine several sections to create longer curves\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCircle Layout:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 sections can be arranged to form a complete circle\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for garden borders, planting areas and decorative landscaping\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe curved shape is useful for areas where a straight gabion border would not follow the layout of the garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCurved Flower Beds:\u003c\/strong\u003e Follows rounded planting areas more naturally than straight edging.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAround Trees:\u003c\/strong\u003e Several sections can be used to create a decorative stone border around trees.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCircular Planting Areas:\u003c\/strong\u003e Four baskets can be combined to form a complete circle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePath Edging:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable alongside curved garden paths and walkways.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLawn Borders:\u003c\/strong\u003e Creates a defined edge between lawns and planted or gravelled areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e Can be used around sculptures, specimen plants and other focal points.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMixed Border Designs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Works well alongside straight gabion sections where both curves and straight lines are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose the Stone-Included Option\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis version includes \u003cstrong\u003e20kg of decorative garden stones\u003c\/strong\u003e, making it easier to create the finished gabion border without sourcing the fill separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplied stone fills the wire basket while remaining visible through the open structure. If you already have suitable decorative stone or want to select a different material yourself, a basket-only version may be more suitable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGround Fixings\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe basket is supplied with \u003cstrong\u003e3 galvanised steel ground fixings\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese stakes are used to anchor the gabion into suitable ground and help prevent movement once the basket has been positioned and filled.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen joining several curved sections together, we recommend positioning and aligning the full layout before adding the stone.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCreating a Circular Border\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne of the main advantages of the Curved Gabion Border Basket is its modular shape.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFour curved panels can be combined to create a complete circle\u003c\/strong\u003e, making the system useful for:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003esurrounding trees\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003ecircular flower beds\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003especimen planting\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003ecentral garden features\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003edecorative island beds\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eIndividual sections can also be used independently where only a gentle curve is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePosition the basket on the prepared ground and check the curve before securing it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse the supplied ground fixings to anchor the basket, then add the decorative stone gradually and distribute it evenly throughout the wire structure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf several baskets are being installed together, arrange and align them before filling to achieve a smoother continuous curve.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGarden Design\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e11 cm wide and 20 cm high\u003c\/strong\u003e, the Curved Gabion Border Basket creates a visible stone edge without forming a bulky wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt works well alongside \u003cstrong\u003elawns, flower beds, ornamental grasses, gravel, paving and natural planting schemes\u003c\/strong\u003e. Combining curved and straight gabion sections also allows more complex border layouts to be created.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTransport and Delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe deliver the Curved Gabion Border Basket throughout the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis listing includes the \u003cstrong\u003egabion basket, 20kg of decorative garden stones and 3 galvanised steel ground fixings\u003c\/strong\u003e. The basket and stone are supplied for assembly and filling at the installation location.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HeavyStones","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53216399655178,"sku":null,"price":69.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0953\/2299\/7002\/files\/curved-gabion-border-basket-filled-with-stones-20kg-bags_d04fe35e-b15a-4b43-a6c3-b25b2321a095.png?v=1781555494"},{"product_id":"straight-gabion-border-basket-with-20kg-garden-stones","title":"Straight Gabion Border Basket - with 20kg of Garden Stones Included","description":"\u003ch2\u003eStraight Gabion Border Basket – with 20kg of Garden Stones Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eStraight Gabion Border Basket with 20kg of garden stones included\u003c\/strong\u003e is a compact decorative edging solution for flower beds, pathways and landscaped areas. Its narrow rectangular shape makes it useful where you want a defined stone border without taking up too much garden space.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis version includes both the \u003cstrong\u003egabion border basket\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003e20kg of decorative garden stones\u003c\/strong\u003e, together with the ground fixings needed to secure the basket in position.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat Is Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1 x Straight Gabion Border Basket\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e20kg of decorative garden stones\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3 x ground fixings\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003eGround fixings made from \u003cstrong\u003egalvanised steel\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003eStone supplied for filling the basket\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 51 cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 11 cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20 cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBasket Weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.30 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Stone Included:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProperties and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Straight decorative gabion border\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Narrow rectangular basket\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 51 cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20 cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 11 cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStone Included:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20kg of decorative garden stone\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGround Fixings:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 galvanised steel fixings supplied\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for garden edging, borders and landscaping\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e Allows decorative stone to remain visible through the wire structure\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe compact size makes this gabion especially useful for creating neat divisions within the garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlower Bed Edging:\u003c\/strong\u003e Creates a defined border between planting areas and surrounding surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePath Edging:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable alongside garden paths and walkways.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLawn Borders:\u003c\/strong\u003e Can be used to separate lawns from gravel or planted areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePatio Edging:\u003c\/strong\u003e Works alongside paving, patios and other hard landscaping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRaised Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e Useful for creating low decorative stone sections around planting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Zoning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Helps divide different materials or sections within a landscaped area.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRepeated Borders:\u003c\/strong\u003e Several baskets can be positioned in a row to create a longer continuous gabion edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose the Stone-Included Option\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis version includes \u003cstrong\u003e20kg of decorative garden stones\u003c\/strong\u003e, so the basket and its filling can be ordered together.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is a convenient option for a single border section or for customers who want several matching units without calculating the stone requirement separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you already have suitable decorative stone, the \u003cstrong\u003ebasket-only version\u003c\/strong\u003e may be a better choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGround Fixings\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Straight Gabion Border Basket is supplied with \u003cstrong\u003e3 galvanised steel ground fixings\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese metal stakes are designed to anchor the wire basket into suitable ground and help prevent movement once the basket has been positioned and filled.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe fixings are particularly useful when installing several baskets in a straight run along a flower bed, path or lawn edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePosition the basket in the required location before filling it with stone.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSecure the basket using the supplied ground fixings, then add the decorative stones gradually and distribute them evenly throughout the basket.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnce filled, the weight of the stone provides additional stability. When installing several sections, align the baskets before filling to help achieve a neat, continuous border.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGarden Design\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe narrow \u003cstrong\u003e11 cm width\u003c\/strong\u003e makes this gabion practical where a traditional stone border would take up too much space.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt can be used on its own as a short decorative feature or combined with additional baskets to create longer runs. The stone-filled design works well alongside gravel, paving, lawns, ornamental grasses and planted borders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTransport and Delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe deliver the Straight Gabion Border Basket throughout the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis listing includes the \u003cstrong\u003egabion basket, 20kg of decorative garden stones and 3 galvanised steel ground fixings\u003c\/strong\u003e. The basket and stone are supplied for assembly and filling at the installation location.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HeavyStones","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53216399687946,"sku":null,"price":69.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0953\/2299\/7002\/files\/straight-gabion-border-basket-filled-with-stones-20kg-bags_663ab0c8-2a1f-406a-967c-da5df8d1093c.png?v=1781555494"},{"product_id":"york-gabion-planter-basket-with-80kg-garden-stones","title":"York Gabion Planter Basket - with 80kg of Garden Stones Included","description":"\u003ch2\u003eYork Gabion Planter Basket – with 80kg of Garden Stones Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eYork Gabion Planter Basket with 80kg of garden stones included\u003c\/strong\u003e is a decorative outdoor planter with a distinctive curved shape and a central planting space. The narrower middle section gives it a different look from standard round gabion baskets, making it suitable for patios, entrances, borders and feature planting areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis version includes both the \u003cstrong\u003egabion planter basket\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003e80kg of decorative garden stones\u003c\/strong\u003e, so the main materials needed to create the finished stone-filled planter are supplied together.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat Is Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1 x York Gabion Planter Basket\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e80kg of decorative garden stones\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003eStone supplied in the quantity required for filling the gabion section\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlant pot and plants are not included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 46 cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInsert Pot Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 21 cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBasket Weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.60 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Stone Included:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProperties and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Decorative curved gabion planter\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 46 cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCentral Pot Opening:\u003c\/strong\u003e 21 cm diameter\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.60 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStone Included:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80kg of decorative garden stone\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e Central planting area surrounded by a stone-filled outer section\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Curved sides with a wider top and base\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for long-term outdoor garden and landscaping projects\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe York planter works well where a taller, more decorative gabion shape is preferred.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePatios:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable as a standalone planter beside seating or paved areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Entrances:\u003c\/strong\u003e Can be positioned beside gates, doors and pathways.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeature Planting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Works well with flowers, ornamental grasses and compact evergreen plants.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Borders:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable as a focal point within larger planted areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTerraces \u0026amp; Courtyards:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adds planting and decorative stone without requiring a large footprint.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePathways:\u003c\/strong\u003e Can be placed alongside paths or used in pairs to frame an entrance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommercial Landscaping:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for restaurants, offices, hotels and other entrance areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose the Stone-Included Option\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis version includes \u003cstrong\u003e80kg of decorative garden stones\u003c\/strong\u003e, removing the need to calculate and purchase the gabion fill separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe stones fill the outer section of the basket while the central \u003cstrong\u003e21 cm opening\u003c\/strong\u003e remains available for your chosen plant pot.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you already have suitable decorative stone or want to create your own colour combination, a \u003cstrong\u003ebasket-only version\u003c\/strong\u003e may be more suitable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFilling and Installation\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePlace the York Gabion Planter Basket on a \u003cstrong\u003efirm, level surface\u003c\/strong\u003e before adding the stone.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFill the outer section gradually with the supplied decorative stones, distributing them evenly around the basket. Keep the central planting area clear for the plant pot.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnce filled with 80kg of stone, the planter will be considerably heavier, so we recommend positioning it in its final location before filling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGarden Design\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe York's curved profile gives it a more decorative silhouette than a simple cylindrical planter. The shape works particularly well as a standalone feature or when two baskets are positioned symmetrically around an entrance or pathway.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable planting includes:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003eflowering plants\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003eornamental grasses\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003ecompact evergreen plants\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003eseasonal bedding\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003edecorative foliage\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe stone-filled surround can also be matched with gravel, borders or other decorative stone used elsewhere in the garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTransport and Delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe deliver the York Gabion Planter Basket throughout the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis listing includes both the \u003cstrong\u003eYork Gabion Planter Basket and 80kg of decorative garden stones\u003c\/strong\u003e. The basket and stones are supplied for assembly and filling at the installation location.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HeavyStones","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53216399720714,"sku":null,"price":248.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0953\/2299\/7002\/files\/york-gabion-planter-basket-filled-with-stones-20kg-bags_d747a2e5-97dc-4e28-ba11-38993c43c7a4.png?v=1781555496"},{"product_id":"large-olimp-gabion-planter-basket-with-100kg-garden-stones","title":"Large Olimp Gabion Planter Basket - with 100kg of Garden Stones Included","description":"\u003ch2\u003eLarge Olimp Gabion Planter Basket – with 100kg of Garden Stones Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eLarge Olimp Gabion Planter Basket with 100kg of garden stones included\u003c\/strong\u003e is a complete outdoor planter package combining a large round gabion basket with the decorative stone required to fill the outer section.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWith a \u003cstrong\u003e60 cm overall diameter\u003c\/strong\u003e and a \u003cstrong\u003e32 cm central pot opening\u003c\/strong\u003e, this larger model has more presence than the Medium Olimp and provides space for more substantial planting. It works well on patios, beside entrances, within larger borders and as a standalone garden feature.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat Is Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1 x Large Olimp Gabion Planter Basket\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e100kg of decorative garden stones\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003eStone supplied in the quantity required for filling the gabion section\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlant pot and plants are not included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 39 cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDiameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60 cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInsert Pot Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 32 cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBasket Weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.4 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Stone Included:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProperties and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Large round gabion planter\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e Central planting area surrounded by decorative stone\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStone Included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Supplied with 100kg of garden stone\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Space:\u003c\/strong\u003e 32 cm diameter central opening\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAppearance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Combines natural stone with a structured metal gabion design\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVersatility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for flowers, grasses, evergreen plants and seasonal planting\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOutdoor Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed for long-term garden and landscaping applications\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConvenience:\u003c\/strong\u003e Basket and required stone supplied together\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe larger dimensions make the \u003cstrong\u003eLarge Olimp\u003c\/strong\u003e suitable for spaces where a more substantial planter is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePatios:\u003c\/strong\u003e Creates a strong planted feature on larger paved areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Entrances:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable beside gates, pathways and front entrances.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeature Planting:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 32 cm central opening allows for larger plants than the Medium Olimp.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Borders:\u003c\/strong\u003e Works well within wider beds and landscaped sections.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTerraces \u0026amp; Courtyards:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adds planting and natural stone to structured outdoor spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommercial Landscaping:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for offices, restaurants, hotels and other entrance areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePaired Planters:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two baskets can be positioned either side of a doorway or pathway.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose the Stone-Included Option\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis version includes \u003cstrong\u003e100kg of decorative garden stone\u003c\/strong\u003e, so there is no need to calculate or source the required fill separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is the easier option if you want the complete gabion planter setup delivered together. Once assembled and filled, the outer stone section creates the finished appearance of the planter while leaving the centre open for your chosen plant pot.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you already have suitable stone or want to select your own fill separately, the \u003cstrong\u003eLarge Olimp basket-only version\u003c\/strong\u003e is also available.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFilling and Installation\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePosition the basket on a \u003cstrong\u003efirm, level surface\u003c\/strong\u003e before adding the stone.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplied decorative stones are placed within the outer gabion section, while the central \u003cstrong\u003e32 cm opening\u003c\/strong\u003e remains clear for your plant pot.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnce filled with 100kg of stone, the planter becomes considerably heavier. For this reason, we recommend choosing its final position before filling the basket.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eLarge Olimp vs Medium Olimp\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Large Olimp measures \u003cstrong\u003e60 cm in diameter and 39 cm high\u003c\/strong\u003e, while the Medium Olimp measures 53 cm in diameter and 33 cm high.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe larger model also has a \u003cstrong\u003e32 cm central pot opening\u003c\/strong\u003e, compared with 25 cm on the Medium version.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis makes the Large Olimp better suited to \u003cstrong\u003elarger plants, wider patios and more prominent garden features\u003c\/strong\u003e, while the Medium version is easier to position in smaller spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGarden Design\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe rounded gabion shape gives the planter a softer look than traditional square or rectangular gabion baskets.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt works well with:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003eornamental grasses\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003eflowering plants\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003eevergreen shrubs\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003earchitectural foliage\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003eseasonal planting\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe decorative stone around the planter can also be coordinated with gravel, borders or other stone used elsewhere in the garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTransport and Delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe deliver the Large Olimp Gabion Planter Basket throughout the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis listing includes both the \u003cstrong\u003eLarge Olimp basket and 100kg of decorative garden stones\u003c\/strong\u003e. The basket and stone are supplied for assembly and filling at the installation location.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HeavyStones","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53216399786250,"sku":null,"price":304.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0953\/2299\/7002\/files\/large-olimp-gabion-planter-basket-filled-with-stones-20kg-bags_71846dfa-19e8-4117-819f-801150a712ac.png?v=1781555496"},{"product_id":"medium-olimp-gabion-planter-basket-with-80kg-garden-stones","title":"Medium Olimp Gabion Planter Basket - with 80kg of Garden Stones Included","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMedium Olimp Gabion Planter Basket – with 80kg of Garden Stones Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eMedium Olimp Gabion Planter Basket with 80kg of garden stones included\u003c\/strong\u003e is a decorative outdoor planter designed to combine planting with the natural look of stone-filled gabion baskets. Its rounded shape gives it a softer appearance than square planters, making it a strong choice for patios, entrances, garden focal points and landscaped borders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis option includes both the \u003cstrong\u003egabion planter basket\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003e80kg of decorative garden stones\u003c\/strong\u003e, so you have the main materials needed to create the finished look shown. It is a practical choice for customers who want the complete planter setup rather than the basket on its own.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat Is Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1 x Medium Olimp Gabion Planter Basket\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e80kg of decorative garden stones\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGabion basket supplied with stone fill included in the package\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlant pot not included unless stated separately\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 33 cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDiameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 53 cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInsert Pot Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 25 cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBasket Weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.7 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProperties and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStyle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Decorative round gabion planter basket\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for patios, gardens, entrances and landscaped areas\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e Supplied with 80kg of garden stones\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAppearance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Combines a planted centre with a stone-filled outer structure\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rounded form creates a softer and more decorative finish\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVersatility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for flowers, ornamental plants, grasses and seasonal arrangements\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDurability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for long-term outdoor use\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConvenience:\u003c\/strong\u003e A complete option for customers who want the basket and stone together\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eMedium Olimp Gabion Planter Basket\u003c\/strong\u003e works well in both domestic and commercial outdoor spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePatios:\u003c\/strong\u003e A decorative feature planter for paved seating areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFront Entrances:\u003c\/strong\u003e Creates a more finished and welcoming look beside doors and pathways.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e Works well as a focal point in decorative borders or open garden spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLandscaped Areas:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for use alongside gravel, stone and other hard landscaping materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTerraces \u0026amp; Courtyards:\u003c\/strong\u003e A practical way to introduce planting into more structured outdoor spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommercial Settings:\u003c\/strong\u003e Can also be used outside offices, showrooms, restaurants or hospitality spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose the Stone-Included Option\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis version is supplied with \u003cstrong\u003e80kg of garden stones\u003c\/strong\u003e, making it the more convenient option for customers who want the full gabion planter effect without sourcing the filling separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt saves time during planning and helps ensure the basket can be filled with a suitable quantity of decorative stone. If you already have your own stone or want to choose a different fill material, the \u003cstrong\u003ebasket-only option\u003c\/strong\u003e may be more suitable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAppearance and Finished Look\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe round gabion design creates a decorative outer ring of stone around the central planting space. This gives the planter a solid, architectural look while still keeping the planting area clear and practical.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnce filled and planted, the basket works especially well with:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003eflowering plants\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003eornamental grasses\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003eevergreen plants\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003eseasonal bedding\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003efeature foliage plants\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe planter should be placed on a \u003cstrong\u003efirm, level surface\u003c\/strong\u003e before filling. Once positioned, the gabion section can be filled with the included decorative stones and the central insert can be used for planting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause of the weight once filled, it is best to decide on the final location before full assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDelivery Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis listing is for the \u003cstrong\u003eMedium Olimp Gabion Planter Basket with 80kg of garden stones included\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is supplied as a basket with the stone fill included in the package, ready for assembly and outdoor use. For customers who want only the basket without stone, a separate \u003cstrong\u003ebasket-only version\u003c\/strong\u003e is also available.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HeavyStones","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53216399851786,"sku":null,"price":259.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0953\/2299\/7002\/files\/olimp-gabion-planter-basket-medium-filled-with-stones-20kg-bags_c427a889-95cf-49d9-8e0a-7a13aad45753.png?v=1781555496"},{"product_id":"orange-glass-pebbles-decorative-stones-for-vases-gardens-crafts","title":"Orange Glass Pebbles - Decorative Glass Stones for Vases, Gardens \u0026 Crafts","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n.hs-pf {\n  --hs-pf-fg: var(--color-foreground, #2c2820);\n  --hs-pf-muted: rgba(44, 40, 32, 0.68);\n  --hs-pf-rule: rgba(44, 40, 32, 0.12);\n  --hs-pf-soft: rgba(44, 40, 32, 0.04);\n  --hs-pf-card: #ffffff;\n  --hs-pf-accent: var(--color-primary, #3f4f37);\n  font-size: 1rem;\n  line-height: 1.6;\n  color: var(--hs-pf-fg);\n}\n.hs-pf \u003e * + * { margin-top: 1.5rem; }\n.hs-pf p { margin: 0; }\n.hs-pf p + p { margin-top: 0.85rem; }\n.hs-pf h2 {\n  font-size: 1.125rem;\n  font-weight: 600;\n  margin: 0 0 0.75rem;\n  letter-spacing: 0.01em;\n}\n\/* Global list reset for any UL\/OL we render ourselves — wins over Shopify theme defaults. *\/\n.hs-pf ul,\n.hs-pf ol {\n  list-style: none !important;\n  list-style-type: none !important;\n  list-style-image: none !important;\n  padding-left: 0 !important;\n  margin: 0 !important;\n}\n.hs-pf ul \u003e li,\n.hs-pf ol \u003e li {\n  list-style: none !important;\n  list-style-type: none !important;\n}\n.hs-pf ul \u003e li::marker,\n.hs-pf ol \u003e li::marker { content: \"\" !important; }\n.hs-pf__lede {\n  font-size: 1.0625rem;\n  line-height: 1.55;\n  font-weight: 500;\n  color: var(--hs-pf-fg);\n  padding-bottom: 1rem;\n  border-bottom: 1px solid var(--hs-pf-rule);\n}\n.hs-pf__dimensions {\n  display: grid;\n  grid-template-columns: repeat(auto-fit, minmax(140px, 1fr));\n  gap: 0.625rem;\n}\n.hs-pf__dimensions li {\n  position: relative;\n  background: var(--hs-pf-card);\n  border: 1px solid var(--hs-pf-rule);\n  border-radius: 0.625rem;\n  padding: 0.875rem 1rem 0.9375rem;\n  box-shadow: 0 1px 0 rgba(44, 40, 32, 0.02);\n  overflow: hidden;\n}\n.hs-pf__dimensions li::before {\n  content: \"\";\n  position: absolute;\n  left: 0; top: 0; bottom: 0;\n  width: 3px;\n  background: var(--hs-pf-accent);\n  opacity: 0.85;\n}\n.hs-pf__dim-label {\n  display: block;\n  font-size: 0.6875rem;\n  letter-spacing: 0.08em;\n  text-transform: uppercase;\n  color: var(--hs-pf-muted);\n  font-weight: 600;\n  margin-bottom: 0.3125rem;\n}\n.hs-pf__dim-value {\n  display: block;\n  font-size: 1.125rem;\n  font-weight: 600;\n  letter-spacing: -0.005em;\n  color: var(--hs-pf-fg);\n  line-height: 1.25;\n}\n.hs-pf__features {\n  display: grid;\n  gap: 0.625rem;\n}\n.hs-pf__features li {\n  position: relative;\n  padding: 0.5rem 0 0.5rem 1.25rem;\n  border-bottom: 1px solid var(--hs-pf-rule);\n}\n.hs-pf__features li:last-child { border-bottom: 0; }\n.hs-pf__features li::before {\n  content: \"\";\n  position: absolute;\n  left: 0; top: 0.95rem;\n  width: 0.5rem; height: 0.5rem;\n  background: var(--hs-pf-accent);\n  border-radius: 999px;\n}\n.hs-pf__features strong { display: block; font-weight: 600; margin-bottom: 0.125rem; }\n.hs-pf__specs {\n  width: 100%;\n  border-collapse: collapse;\n  border: 1px solid var(--hs-pf-rule);\n  border-radius: 0.5rem;\n  overflow: hidden;\n  font-size: 0.9375rem;\n}\n.hs-pf__specs th,\n.hs-pf__specs td {\n  text-align: left;\n  padding: 0.625rem 0.875rem;\n  border-bottom: 1px solid var(--hs-pf-rule);\n  vertical-align: top;\n}\n.hs-pf__specs tr:last-child th,\n.hs-pf__specs tr:last-child td { border-bottom: 0; }\n.hs-pf__specs th {\n  width: 38%;\n  background: var(--hs-pf-soft);\n  font-weight: 600;\n  color: var(--hs-pf-muted);\n}\n\/* \"Plain bullet\" lists (Best for, In the box, Care) — we paint our own\n   bullets via ::before so the global list reset above doesn't strip them. *\/\n.hs-pf__list { display: grid; gap: 0.4375rem; }\n.hs-pf__list li {\n  position: relative;\n  padding-left: 1.125rem;\n}\n.hs-pf__list li::before {\n  content: \"\";\n  position: absolute;\n  left: 0.25rem; top: 0.6875rem;\n  width: 0.3125rem; height: 0.3125rem;\n  background: var(--hs-pf-accent);\n  border-radius: 999px;\n  opacity: 0.7;\n}\n.hs-pf__steps {\n  display: grid;\n  gap: 0.5rem;\n  counter-reset: hs-step;\n}\n.hs-pf__steps li {\n  position: relative;\n  padding-left: 2rem;\n  counter-increment: hs-step;\n  min-height: 1.5rem;\n}\n.hs-pf__steps li::before {\n  content: counter(hs-step);\n  position: absolute;\n  left: 0; top: 0.0625rem;\n  width: 1.5rem; height: 1.5rem;\n  display: inline-flex;\n  align-items: center;\n  justify-content: center;\n  font-size: 0.75rem;\n  font-weight: 600;\n  color: var(--hs-pf-accent);\n  background: var(--hs-pf-soft);\n  border: 1px solid var(--hs-pf-rule);\n  border-radius: 999px;\n}\n.hs-pf__safety {\n  border-left: 3px solid var(--hs-pf-accent);\n  padding: 0.75rem 1rem;\n  background: var(--hs-pf-soft);\n  border-radius: 0 0.5rem 0.5rem 0;\n}\n.hs-pf__safety h2 { margin-bottom: 0.5rem; }\n.hs-pf__safety ul { display: grid; gap: 0.3125rem; }\n.hs-pf__safety li {\n  position: relative;\n  padding-left: 1rem;\n}\n.hs-pf__safety li::before {\n  content: \"\";\n  position: absolute;\n  left: 0.125rem; top: 0.625rem;\n  width: 0.375rem; height: 0.375rem;\n  background: var(--hs-pf-accent);\n  border-radius: 999px;\n}\n@media (prefers-color-scheme: dark) {\n  .hs-pf {\n    --hs-pf-rule: rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.14);\n    --hs-pf-soft: rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.04);\n    --hs-pf-card: rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.03);\n    --hs-pf-muted: rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.72);\n  }\n}\n@media (max-width: 599px) {\n  .hs-pf__specs th { width: 45%; }\n  .hs-pf__dimensions { grid-template-columns: 1fr; }\n}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hs-pf\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"hs-pf__lede\"\u003eDecorative orange glass pebbles for versatile use in gardens and home decor, offering lasting beauty and charm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"hs-pf__overview\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis set of decorative orange glass pebbles includes approximately 65 pieces per 500 grams, crafted from durable, polished glass. Their vibrant colour and smooth finish make them suitable for a variety of indoor and outdoor applications, from vases to garden paths.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIdeal for enhancing floral displays, candle holders, and table centrepieces, these pebbles add a natural charm to any setting. Their versatility allows for creative arrangements in gardens, aquariums, and DIY crafts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"hs-pf__panel\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hs-pf__features\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-quality material\u003c\/strong\u003eCrafted from durable, polished glass for lasting beauty and versatile use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVarious sizes\u003c\/strong\u003eEach pebble measures approximately 27–30 mm in diameter, suitable for both delicate and bold designs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWide range of applications\u003c\/strong\u003eSuitable for gardens, aquariums, ponds, terrariums, and home decorations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"hs-pf__panel\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBest for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hs-pf__list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVase fillers and floral displays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecorative arrangements in gardens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAquarium and terrarium enhancements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"hs-pf__panel\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"hs-pf__specs\" style=\"width: 100.087%; height: 96px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 24px;\"\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\" style=\"width: 32.8749%; height: 24px;\"\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 56.8132%; height: 24px;\"\u003eOrange\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 24px;\"\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\" style=\"width: 32.8749%; height: 24px;\"\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 56.8132%; height: 24px;\"\u003eGlass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 24px;\"\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\" style=\"width: 32.8749%; height: 24px;\"\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 56.8132%; height: 24px;\"\u003e27–30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 24px;\"\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\" style=\"width: 32.8749%; height: 24px;\"\u003eWeight options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 56.8132%; height: 24px;\"\u003e500 g, 1 kg, 2 kg, 5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"hs-pf__panel\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hs-pf__list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × pack of orange glass pebbles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"hs-pf__panel\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare \u0026amp; maintenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hs-pf__list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse with water to clean and remove dust before use.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HeavyStones","offers":[{"title":"500 g (65 pieces)","offer_id":53216399917322,"sku":null,"price":12.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 kg (130 pieces)","offer_id":53216399950090,"sku":null,"price":19.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"2 kg (260 pieces)","offer_id":53216399982858,"sku":null,"price":29.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"3 kg (390 pieces)","offer_id":53216400015626,"sku":null,"price":34.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 kg (520 pieces)","offer_id":53216400048394,"sku":null,"price":40.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 kg (650 pieces)","offer_id":53216400081162,"sku":null,"price":44.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0953\/2299\/7002\/files\/orange-glass-pebbles-decorative-glass-stones-for-vases-gardens-and-crafts_8a2ddb3e-f44b-49e7-b573-47cbadb15463.png?v=1781555504"},{"product_id":"red-glass-pebbles-decorative-stones-for-vases-gardens-crafts","title":"Red Glass Pebbles - Decorative Glass Stones for Vases, Gardens \u0026 Crafts","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n.hs-pf {\n  --hs-pf-fg: var(--color-foreground, #2c2820);\n  --hs-pf-muted: rgba(44, 40, 32, 0.68);\n  --hs-pf-rule: rgba(44, 40, 32, 0.12);\n  --hs-pf-soft: rgba(44, 40, 32, 0.04);\n  --hs-pf-card: #ffffff;\n  --hs-pf-accent: var(--color-primary, #3f4f37);\n  font-size: 1rem;\n  line-height: 1.6;\n  color: var(--hs-pf-fg);\n}\n.hs-pf \u003e * + * { margin-top: 1.5rem; }\n.hs-pf p { margin: 0; }\n.hs-pf p + p { margin-top: 0.85rem; }\n.hs-pf h2 {\n  font-size: 1.125rem;\n  font-weight: 600;\n  margin: 0 0 0.75rem;\n  letter-spacing: 0.01em;\n}\n\/* Global list reset for any UL\/OL we render ourselves — wins over Shopify theme defaults. *\/\n.hs-pf ul,\n.hs-pf ol {\n  list-style: none !important;\n  list-style-type: none !important;\n  list-style-image: none !important;\n  padding-left: 0 !important;\n  margin: 0 !important;\n}\n.hs-pf ul \u003e li,\n.hs-pf ol \u003e li {\n  list-style: none !important;\n  list-style-type: none !important;\n}\n.hs-pf ul \u003e li::marker,\n.hs-pf ol \u003e li::marker { content: \"\" !important; }\n.hs-pf__lede {\n  font-size: 1.0625rem;\n  line-height: 1.55;\n  font-weight: 500;\n  color: var(--hs-pf-fg);\n  padding-bottom: 1rem;\n  border-bottom: 1px solid var(--hs-pf-rule);\n}\n.hs-pf__dimensions {\n  display: grid;\n  grid-template-columns: repeat(auto-fit, minmax(140px, 1fr));\n  gap: 0.625rem;\n}\n.hs-pf__dimensions li {\n  position: relative;\n  background: var(--hs-pf-card);\n  border: 1px solid var(--hs-pf-rule);\n  border-radius: 0.625rem;\n  padding: 0.875rem 1rem 0.9375rem;\n  box-shadow: 0 1px 0 rgba(44, 40, 32, 0.02);\n  overflow: hidden;\n}\n.hs-pf__dimensions li::before {\n  content: \"\";\n  position: absolute;\n  left: 0; top: 0; bottom: 0;\n  width: 3px;\n  background: var(--hs-pf-accent);\n  opacity: 0.85;\n}\n.hs-pf__dim-label {\n  display: block;\n  font-size: 0.6875rem;\n  letter-spacing: 0.08em;\n  text-transform: uppercase;\n  color: var(--hs-pf-muted);\n  font-weight: 600;\n  margin-bottom: 0.3125rem;\n}\n.hs-pf__dim-value {\n  display: block;\n  font-size: 1.125rem;\n  font-weight: 600;\n  letter-spacing: -0.005em;\n  color: var(--hs-pf-fg);\n  line-height: 1.25;\n}\n.hs-pf__features {\n  display: grid;\n  gap: 0.625rem;\n}\n.hs-pf__features li {\n  position: relative;\n  padding: 0.5rem 0 0.5rem 1.25rem;\n  border-bottom: 1px solid var(--hs-pf-rule);\n}\n.hs-pf__features li:last-child { border-bottom: 0; }\n.hs-pf__features li::before {\n  content: \"\";\n  position: absolute;\n  left: 0; top: 0.95rem;\n  width: 0.5rem; height: 0.5rem;\n  background: var(--hs-pf-accent);\n  border-radius: 999px;\n}\n.hs-pf__features strong { display: block; font-weight: 600; margin-bottom: 0.125rem; }\n.hs-pf__specs {\n  width: 100%;\n  border-collapse: collapse;\n  border: 1px solid var(--hs-pf-rule);\n  border-radius: 0.5rem;\n  overflow: hidden;\n  font-size: 0.9375rem;\n}\n.hs-pf__specs th,\n.hs-pf__specs td {\n  text-align: left;\n  padding: 0.625rem 0.875rem;\n  border-bottom: 1px solid var(--hs-pf-rule);\n  vertical-align: top;\n}\n.hs-pf__specs tr:last-child th,\n.hs-pf__specs tr:last-child td { border-bottom: 0; }\n.hs-pf__specs th {\n  width: 38%;\n  background: var(--hs-pf-soft);\n  font-weight: 600;\n  color: var(--hs-pf-muted);\n}\n\/* \"Plain bullet\" lists (Best for, In the box, Care) — we paint our own\n   bullets via ::before so the global list reset above doesn't strip them. *\/\n.hs-pf__list { display: grid; gap: 0.4375rem; }\n.hs-pf__list li {\n  position: relative;\n  padding-left: 1.125rem;\n}\n.hs-pf__list li::before {\n  content: \"\";\n  position: absolute;\n  left: 0.25rem; top: 0.6875rem;\n  width: 0.3125rem; height: 0.3125rem;\n  background: var(--hs-pf-accent);\n  border-radius: 999px;\n  opacity: 0.7;\n}\n.hs-pf__steps {\n  display: grid;\n  gap: 0.5rem;\n  counter-reset: hs-step;\n}\n.hs-pf__steps li {\n  position: relative;\n  padding-left: 2rem;\n  counter-increment: hs-step;\n  min-height: 1.5rem;\n}\n.hs-pf__steps li::before {\n  content: counter(hs-step);\n  position: absolute;\n  left: 0; top: 0.0625rem;\n  width: 1.5rem; height: 1.5rem;\n  display: inline-flex;\n  align-items: center;\n  justify-content: center;\n  font-size: 0.75rem;\n  font-weight: 600;\n  color: var(--hs-pf-accent);\n  background: var(--hs-pf-soft);\n  border: 1px solid var(--hs-pf-rule);\n  border-radius: 999px;\n}\n.hs-pf__safety {\n  border-left: 3px solid var(--hs-pf-accent);\n  padding: 0.75rem 1rem;\n  background: var(--hs-pf-soft);\n  border-radius: 0 0.5rem 0.5rem 0;\n}\n.hs-pf__safety h2 { margin-bottom: 0.5rem; }\n.hs-pf__safety ul { display: grid; gap: 0.3125rem; }\n.hs-pf__safety li {\n  position: relative;\n  padding-left: 1rem;\n}\n.hs-pf__safety li::before {\n  content: \"\";\n  position: absolute;\n  left: 0.125rem; top: 0.625rem;\n  width: 0.375rem; height: 0.375rem;\n  background: var(--hs-pf-accent);\n  border-radius: 999px;\n}\n@media (prefers-color-scheme: dark) {\n  .hs-pf {\n    --hs-pf-rule: rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.14);\n    --hs-pf-soft: rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.04);\n    --hs-pf-card: rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.03);\n    --hs-pf-muted: rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.72);\n  }\n}\n@media (max-width: 599px) {\n  .hs-pf__specs th { width: 45%; }\n  .hs-pf__dimensions { grid-template-columns: 1fr; }\n}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hs-pf\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"hs-pf__lede\"\u003eDecorative red glass pebbles for versatile use in gardens and home decor, offering lasting beauty and charm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"hs-pf__overview\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis set of decorative red glass pebbles includes approximately 80 pieces per 500 grams, crafted from durable, polished glass. Their vibrant colour and smooth finish make them suitable for a variety of indoor and outdoor applications, from vases to garden paths.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIdeal for enhancing floral displays, candle holders, and table centrepieces, these pebbles add a natural charm to any setting. Their versatility allows for creative arrangements in gardens, aquariums, and DIY crafts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"hs-pf__panel\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hs-pf__features\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-quality material\u003c\/strong\u003eCrafted from durable, polished glass for lasting beauty and versatile use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVarious sizes\u003c\/strong\u003eEach pebble measures approximately 27–30 mm in diameter, suitable for both delicate and bold designs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMultiple shades\u003c\/strong\u003eFeatures tones such as sage red and dark red, easily combined for artistic displays.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWide range of applications\u003c\/strong\u003eSuitable for gardens, aquariums, ponds, terrariums, and home decorations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"hs-pf__panel\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBest for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hs-pf__list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVase fillers and floral displays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecorative arrangements in gardens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAquarium and terrarium enhancements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"hs-pf__panel\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"hs-pf__specs\" style=\"width: 100.087%; height: 96px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 24px;\"\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\" style=\"width: 32.8749%; height: 24px;\"\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 56.8132%; height: 24px;\"\u003eRed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 24px;\"\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\" style=\"width: 32.8749%; height: 24px;\"\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 56.8132%; height: 24px;\"\u003eGlass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 24px;\"\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\" style=\"width: 32.8749%; height: 24px;\"\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 56.8132%; height: 24px;\"\u003e27–30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 24px;\"\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\" style=\"width: 32.8749%; height: 24px;\"\u003eWeight options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 56.8132%; height: 24px;\"\u003e500 g, 1 kg, 2 kg, 5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"hs-pf__panel\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hs-pf__list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × pack of red glass pebbles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"hs-pf__panel\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare \u0026amp; maintenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hs-pf__list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse with water to clean and remove dust before use.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HeavyStones","offers":[{"title":"500 g (80 pieces)","offer_id":53216400113930,"sku":null,"price":12.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 kg (160 pieces)","offer_id":53216400146698,"sku":null,"price":19.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"2 kg (320 pieces)","offer_id":53216400179466,"sku":null,"price":29.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"3 kg (480 pieces)","offer_id":53216400212234,"sku":null,"price":34.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 kg (640 pieces)","offer_id":53216400245002,"sku":null,"price":40.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 kg (800 pieces)","offer_id":53216400277770,"sku":null,"price":44.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0953\/2299\/7002\/files\/red-glass-pebbles-decorative-glass-stones-for-vases-gardens-and-crafts_8151b1d9-b431-47b9-b7f9-e234881a3831.png?v=1781555506"},{"product_id":"green-glass-pebbles-27-30mm","title":"Green Glass Pebbles - Decorative Glass Stones for Vases, Gardens \u0026 Crafts","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n.hs-pf {\n  --hs-pf-fg: var(--color-foreground, #2c2820);\n  --hs-pf-muted: rgba(44, 40, 32, 0.68);\n  --hs-pf-rule: rgba(44, 40, 32, 0.12);\n  --hs-pf-soft: rgba(44, 40, 32, 0.04);\n  --hs-pf-card: #ffffff;\n  --hs-pf-accent: var(--color-primary, #3f4f37);\n  font-size: 1rem;\n  line-height: 1.6;\n  color: var(--hs-pf-fg);\n}\n.hs-pf \u003e * + * { margin-top: 1.5rem; }\n.hs-pf p { margin: 0; }\n.hs-pf p + p { margin-top: 0.85rem; }\n.hs-pf h2 {\n  font-size: 1.125rem;\n  font-weight: 600;\n  margin: 0 0 0.75rem;\n  letter-spacing: 0.01em;\n}\n\/* Global list reset for any UL\/OL we render ourselves — wins over Shopify theme defaults. *\/\n.hs-pf ul,\n.hs-pf ol {\n  list-style: none !important;\n  list-style-type: none !important;\n  list-style-image: none !important;\n  padding-left: 0 !important;\n  margin: 0 !important;\n}\n.hs-pf ul \u003e li,\n.hs-pf ol \u003e li {\n  list-style: none !important;\n  list-style-type: none !important;\n}\n.hs-pf ul \u003e li::marker,\n.hs-pf ol \u003e li::marker { content: \"\" !important; }\n.hs-pf__lede {\n  font-size: 1.0625rem;\n  line-height: 1.55;\n  font-weight: 500;\n  color: var(--hs-pf-fg);\n  padding-bottom: 1rem;\n  border-bottom: 1px solid var(--hs-pf-rule);\n}\n.hs-pf__dimensions {\n  display: grid;\n  grid-template-columns: repeat(auto-fit, minmax(140px, 1fr));\n  gap: 0.625rem;\n}\n.hs-pf__dimensions li {\n  position: relative;\n  background: var(--hs-pf-card);\n  border: 1px solid var(--hs-pf-rule);\n  border-radius: 0.625rem;\n  padding: 0.875rem 1rem 0.9375rem;\n  box-shadow: 0 1px 0 rgba(44, 40, 32, 0.02);\n  overflow: hidden;\n}\n.hs-pf__dimensions li::before {\n  content: \"\";\n  position: absolute;\n  left: 0; top: 0; bottom: 0;\n  width: 3px;\n  background: var(--hs-pf-accent);\n  opacity: 0.85;\n}\n.hs-pf__dim-label {\n  display: block;\n  font-size: 0.6875rem;\n  letter-spacing: 0.08em;\n  text-transform: uppercase;\n  color: var(--hs-pf-muted);\n  font-weight: 600;\n  margin-bottom: 0.3125rem;\n}\n.hs-pf__dim-value {\n  display: block;\n  font-size: 1.125rem;\n  font-weight: 600;\n  letter-spacing: -0.005em;\n  color: var(--hs-pf-fg);\n  line-height: 1.25;\n}\n.hs-pf__features {\n  display: grid;\n  gap: 0.625rem;\n}\n.hs-pf__features li {\n  position: relative;\n  padding: 0.5rem 0 0.5rem 1.25rem;\n  border-bottom: 1px solid var(--hs-pf-rule);\n}\n.hs-pf__features li:last-child { border-bottom: 0; }\n.hs-pf__features li::before {\n  content: \"\";\n  position: absolute;\n  left: 0; top: 0.95rem;\n  width: 0.5rem; height: 0.5rem;\n  background: var(--hs-pf-accent);\n  border-radius: 999px;\n}\n.hs-pf__features strong { display: block; font-weight: 600; margin-bottom: 0.125rem; }\n.hs-pf__specs {\n  width: 100%;\n  border-collapse: collapse;\n  border: 1px solid var(--hs-pf-rule);\n  border-radius: 0.5rem;\n  overflow: hidden;\n  font-size: 0.9375rem;\n}\n.hs-pf__specs th,\n.hs-pf__specs td {\n  text-align: left;\n  padding: 0.625rem 0.875rem;\n  border-bottom: 1px solid var(--hs-pf-rule);\n  vertical-align: top;\n}\n.hs-pf__specs tr:last-child th,\n.hs-pf__specs tr:last-child td { border-bottom: 0; }\n.hs-pf__specs th {\n  width: 38%;\n  background: var(--hs-pf-soft);\n  font-weight: 600;\n  color: var(--hs-pf-muted);\n}\n\/* \"Plain bullet\" lists (Best for, In the box, Care) — we paint our own\n   bullets via ::before so the global list reset above doesn't strip them. *\/\n.hs-pf__list { display: grid; gap: 0.4375rem; }\n.hs-pf__list li {\n  position: relative;\n  padding-left: 1.125rem;\n}\n.hs-pf__list li::before {\n  content: \"\";\n  position: absolute;\n  left: 0.25rem; top: 0.6875rem;\n  width: 0.3125rem; height: 0.3125rem;\n  background: var(--hs-pf-accent);\n  border-radius: 999px;\n  opacity: 0.7;\n}\n.hs-pf__steps {\n  display: grid;\n  gap: 0.5rem;\n  counter-reset: hs-step;\n}\n.hs-pf__steps li {\n  position: relative;\n  padding-left: 2rem;\n  counter-increment: hs-step;\n  min-height: 1.5rem;\n}\n.hs-pf__steps li::before {\n  content: counter(hs-step);\n  position: absolute;\n  left: 0; top: 0.0625rem;\n  width: 1.5rem; height: 1.5rem;\n  display: inline-flex;\n  align-items: center;\n  justify-content: center;\n  font-size: 0.75rem;\n  font-weight: 600;\n  color: var(--hs-pf-accent);\n  background: var(--hs-pf-soft);\n  border: 1px solid var(--hs-pf-rule);\n  border-radius: 999px;\n}\n.hs-pf__safety {\n  border-left: 3px solid var(--hs-pf-accent);\n  padding: 0.75rem 1rem;\n  background: var(--hs-pf-soft);\n  border-radius: 0 0.5rem 0.5rem 0;\n}\n.hs-pf__safety h2 { margin-bottom: 0.5rem; }\n.hs-pf__safety ul { display: grid; gap: 0.3125rem; }\n.hs-pf__safety li {\n  position: relative;\n  padding-left: 1rem;\n}\n.hs-pf__safety li::before {\n  content: \"\";\n  position: absolute;\n  left: 0.125rem; top: 0.625rem;\n  width: 0.375rem; height: 0.375rem;\n  background: var(--hs-pf-accent);\n  border-radius: 999px;\n}\n@media (prefers-color-scheme: dark) {\n  .hs-pf {\n    --hs-pf-rule: rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.14);\n    --hs-pf-soft: rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.04);\n    --hs-pf-card: rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.03);\n    --hs-pf-muted: rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.72);\n  }\n}\n@media (max-width: 599px) {\n  .hs-pf__specs th { width: 45%; }\n  .hs-pf__dimensions { grid-template-columns: 1fr; }\n}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hs-pf\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"hs-pf__lede\"\u003eDecorative green glass pebbles for versatile use in gardens and home decor, offering lasting beauty and charm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"hs-pf__overview\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis set of decorative green glass pebbles includes approximately 80 pieces per 500 grams, crafted from durable, polished glass. Their vibrant colour and smooth finish make them suitable for a variety of indoor and outdoor applications, from vases to garden paths.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIdeal for enhancing floral displays, candle holders, and table centrepieces, these pebbles add a natural charm to any setting. Their versatility allows for creative arrangements in gardens, aquariums, and DIY crafts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"hs-pf__panel\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hs-pf__features\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-quality material\u003c\/strong\u003eCrafted from durable, polished glass for lasting beauty and versatile use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVarious sizes\u003c\/strong\u003eEach pebble measures approximately 27–30 mm in diameter, suitable for both delicate and bold designs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMultiple shades\u003c\/strong\u003eFeatures tones such as sage green and dark green, easily combined for artistic displays.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWide range of applications\u003c\/strong\u003eSuitable for gardens, aquariums, ponds, terrariums, and home decorations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"hs-pf__panel\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBest for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hs-pf__list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVase fillers and floral displays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecorative arrangements in gardens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAquarium and terrarium enhancements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"hs-pf__panel\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"hs-pf__specs\" style=\"width: 100.087%; height: 96px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 24px;\"\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\" style=\"width: 32.8749%; height: 24px;\"\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 56.8132%; height: 24px;\"\u003eGreen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 24px;\"\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\" style=\"width: 32.8749%; height: 24px;\"\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 56.8132%; height: 24px;\"\u003eGlass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 24px;\"\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\" style=\"width: 32.8749%; height: 24px;\"\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 56.8132%; height: 24px;\"\u003e27–30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 24px;\"\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\" style=\"width: 32.8749%; height: 24px;\"\u003eWeight options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 56.8132%; height: 24px;\"\u003e500 g, 1 kg, 2 kg, 5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"hs-pf__panel\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hs-pf__list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × pack of green glass pebbles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"hs-pf__panel\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare \u0026amp; maintenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hs-pf__list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse with water to clean and remove dust before use.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HeavyStones","offers":[{"title":"500 g (80 pieces)","offer_id":53216400310538,"sku":null,"price":12.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 kg (160 pieces)","offer_id":53216400343306,"sku":null,"price":19.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"2 kg (320 pieces)","offer_id":53216400376074,"sku":null,"price":29.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"3 kg (480 pieces)","offer_id":53216400408842,"sku":null,"price":34.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 kg (640 pieces)","offer_id":53216400441610,"sku":null,"price":40.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 kg (800 pieces)","offer_id":53216400474378,"sku":null,"price":44.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0953\/2299\/7002\/files\/green-glass-pebbles-decorative-glass-stones-for-vases-gardens-and-crafts_6dcc8675-79db-4233-a9ab-fe4991f2be6e.png?v=1781555507"},{"product_id":"geckoman-rotating-head-electric-electric-fly-swatter-racket-rechargeable","title":"GeckoMan Rotating Head Electric Electric Fly Swatter Racket Rechargeable","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n.hs-pf {\n  --hs-pf-fg: var(--color-foreground, #2c2820);\n  --hs-pf-muted: rgba(44, 40, 32, 0.68);\n  --hs-pf-rule: rgba(44, 40, 32, 0.12);\n  --hs-pf-soft: rgba(44, 40, 32, 0.04);\n  --hs-pf-card: #ffffff;\n  --hs-pf-accent: var(--color-primary, #3f4f37);\n  font-size: 1rem;\n  line-height: 1.6;\n  color: var(--hs-pf-fg);\n}\n.hs-pf \u003e * + * { margin-top: 1.5rem; }\n.hs-pf p { margin: 0; }\n.hs-pf p + p { margin-top: 0.85rem; }\n.hs-pf h2 {\n  font-size: 1.125rem;\n  font-weight: 600;\n  margin: 0 0 0.75rem;\n  letter-spacing: 0.01em;\n}\n\/* Global list reset for any UL\/OL we render ourselves — wins over Shopify theme defaults. *\/\n.hs-pf ul,\n.hs-pf ol {\n  list-style: none !important;\n  list-style-type: none !important;\n  list-style-image: none !important;\n  padding-left: 0 !important;\n  margin: 0 !important;\n}\n.hs-pf ul \u003e li,\n.hs-pf ol \u003e li {\n  list-style: none !important;\n  list-style-type: none !important;\n}\n.hs-pf ul \u003e li::marker,\n.hs-pf ol \u003e li::marker { content: \"\" !important; }\n.hs-pf__lede {\n  font-size: 1.0625rem;\n  line-height: 1.55;\n  font-weight: 500;\n  color: var(--hs-pf-fg);\n  padding-bottom: 1rem;\n  border-bottom: 1px solid var(--hs-pf-rule);\n}\n.hs-pf__dimensions {\n  display: grid;\n  grid-template-columns: repeat(auto-fit, minmax(140px, 1fr));\n  gap: 0.625rem;\n}\n.hs-pf__dimensions li {\n  position: relative;\n  background: var(--hs-pf-card);\n  border: 1px solid var(--hs-pf-rule);\n  border-radius: 0.625rem;\n  padding: 0.875rem 1rem 0.9375rem;\n  box-shadow: 0 1px 0 rgba(44, 40, 32, 0.02);\n  overflow: hidden;\n}\n.hs-pf__dimensions li::before {\n  content: \"\";\n  position: absolute;\n  left: 0; top: 0; bottom: 0;\n  width: 3px;\n  background: var(--hs-pf-accent);\n  opacity: 0.85;\n}\n.hs-pf__dim-label {\n  display: block;\n  font-size: 0.6875rem;\n  letter-spacing: 0.08em;\n  text-transform: uppercase;\n  color: var(--hs-pf-muted);\n  font-weight: 600;\n  margin-bottom: 0.3125rem;\n}\n.hs-pf__dim-value {\n  display: block;\n  font-size: 1.125rem;\n  font-weight: 600;\n  letter-spacing: -0.005em;\n  color: var(--hs-pf-fg);\n  line-height: 1.25;\n}\n.hs-pf__features {\n  display: grid;\n  gap: 0.625rem;\n}\n.hs-pf__features li {\n  position: relative;\n  padding: 0.5rem 0 0.5rem 1.25rem;\n  border-bottom: 1px solid var(--hs-pf-rule);\n}\n.hs-pf__features li:last-child { border-bottom: 0; }\n.hs-pf__features li::before {\n  content: \"\";\n  position: absolute;\n  left: 0; top: 0.95rem;\n  width: 0.5rem; height: 0.5rem;\n  background: var(--hs-pf-accent);\n  border-radius: 999px;\n}\n.hs-pf__features strong { display: block; font-weight: 600; margin-bottom: 0.125rem; }\n.hs-pf__specs {\n  width: 100%;\n  border-collapse: collapse;\n  border: 1px solid var(--hs-pf-rule);\n  border-radius: 0.5rem;\n  overflow: hidden;\n  font-size: 0.9375rem;\n}\n.hs-pf__specs th,\n.hs-pf__specs td {\n  text-align: left;\n  padding: 0.625rem 0.875rem;\n  border-bottom: 1px solid var(--hs-pf-rule);\n  vertical-align: top;\n}\n.hs-pf__specs tr:last-child th,\n.hs-pf__specs tr:last-child td { border-bottom: 0; }\n.hs-pf__specs th {\n  width: 38%;\n  background: var(--hs-pf-soft);\n  font-weight: 600;\n  color: var(--hs-pf-muted);\n}\n\/* \"Plain bullet\" lists (Best for, In the box, Care) — we paint our own\n   bullets via ::before so the global list reset above doesn't strip them. *\/\n.hs-pf__list { display: grid; gap: 0.4375rem; }\n.hs-pf__list li {\n  position: relative;\n  padding-left: 1.125rem;\n}\n.hs-pf__list li::before {\n  content: \"\";\n  position: absolute;\n  left: 0.25rem; top: 0.6875rem;\n  width: 0.3125rem; height: 0.3125rem;\n  background: var(--hs-pf-accent);\n  border-radius: 999px;\n  opacity: 0.7;\n}\n.hs-pf__steps {\n  display: grid;\n  gap: 0.5rem;\n  counter-reset: hs-step;\n}\n.hs-pf__steps li {\n  position: relative;\n  padding-left: 2rem;\n  counter-increment: hs-step;\n  min-height: 1.5rem;\n}\n.hs-pf__steps li::before {\n  content: counter(hs-step);\n  position: absolute;\n  left: 0; top: 0.0625rem;\n  width: 1.5rem; height: 1.5rem;\n  display: inline-flex;\n  align-items: center;\n  justify-content: center;\n  font-size: 0.75rem;\n  font-weight: 600;\n  color: var(--hs-pf-accent);\n  background: var(--hs-pf-soft);\n  border: 1px solid var(--hs-pf-rule);\n  border-radius: 999px;\n}\n.hs-pf__safety {\n  border-left: 3px solid var(--hs-pf-accent);\n  padding: 0.75rem 1rem;\n  background: var(--hs-pf-soft);\n  border-radius: 0 0.5rem 0.5rem 0;\n}\n.hs-pf__safety h2 { margin-bottom: 0.5rem; }\n.hs-pf__safety ul { display: grid; gap: 0.3125rem; }\n.hs-pf__safety li {\n  position: relative;\n  padding-left: 1rem;\n}\n.hs-pf__safety li::before {\n  content: \"\";\n  position: absolute;\n  left: 0.125rem; top: 0.625rem;\n  width: 0.375rem; height: 0.375rem;\n  background: var(--hs-pf-accent);\n  border-radius: 999px;\n}\n@media (prefers-color-scheme: dark) {\n  .hs-pf {\n    --hs-pf-rule: rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.14);\n    --hs-pf-soft: rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.04);\n    --hs-pf-card: rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.03);\n    --hs-pf-muted: rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.72);\n  }\n}\n@media (max-width: 599px) {\n  .hs-pf__specs th { width: 45%; }\n  .hs-pf__dimensions { grid-template-columns: 1fr; }\n}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hs-pf\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"hs-pf__lede\"\u003eElectric fly zapper with a rotating head for effective insect control in UK homes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"hs-pf__overview\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis electric fly zapper features a patented rotating head design, allowing for easy bug catching from various angles, including walls and ceilings. With its extendable handle, it provides the reach necessary to target insects in high places, making it a practical choice for homeowners dealing with flying pests.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe versatile design allows for multiple usage options: handheld for quick swatting, standing to attract bugs, or mounted on the wall for convenient storage. This adaptability ensures it fits seamlessly into any indoor space, whether in the kitchen, living room, or conservatory.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection class=\"hs-pf__panel\"\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hs-pf__dimensions\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hs-pf__dim-label\"\u003eHeight\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan class=\"hs-pf__dim-value\"\u003e44.5 cm\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hs-pf__dim-label\"\u003eWidth\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan class=\"hs-pf__dim-value\"\u003e24 cm\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hs-pf__dim-label\"\u003eDepth\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan class=\"hs-pf__dim-value\"\u003e3 cm\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hs-pf__dim-label\"\u003eWeight\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan class=\"hs-pf__dim-value\"\u003e0.75 kg\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection class=\"hs-pf__panel\"\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hs-pf__features\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRotating head design\u003c\/strong\u003eThe unique rotating head allows for easy bug catching from any angle, enhancing your ability to target insects effectively.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtendable telescoping handle\u003c\/strong\u003eThe handle extends from 43 to 70 cm, providing the reach needed for high ceilings and hard-to-reach areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEfficient rechargeable battery\u003c\/strong\u003eEquipped with a 1200mAh battery, it offers long-lasting use and recharges conveniently via USB Type-C.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEffective insect elimination\u003c\/strong\u003eDelivers a powerful 3500V electric shock to eliminate various flying insects quickly and safely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMultiple usage options\u003c\/strong\u003eCan be used handheld, standing, or wall-mounted, offering flexibility in how you manage insect control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection class=\"hs-pf__panel\"\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBest for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hs-pf__list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndoor use in kitchens and living areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTargeting insects in high places\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWall-mounted storage for convenience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection class=\"hs-pf__panel\"\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"hs-pf__specs\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGeckoMan\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlastic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePower Source\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBattery Powered\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDimensions (H × W × D)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e44.5 cm × 24 cm × 3 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.75 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection class=\"hs-pf__panel\"\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hs-pf__list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × electric fly zapper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × extendable pole\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection class=\"hs-pf__panel\"\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow to use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col class=\"hs-pf__steps\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExtend the handle to the desired length.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwitch on the zapper to activate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse handheld or mount on the wall as needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection class=\"hs-pf__panel\"\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCare \u0026amp; maintenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hs-pf__list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean the mesh regularly to maintain effectiveness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore in a dry place when not in use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HeavyStones","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53216400507146,"sku":"AMZ-B0DS8SK65N","price":39.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0953\/2299\/7002\/files\/61PCVJGHGiL._436fc330-a517-4c5f-aacf-aacb68f52041.jpg?v=1781555507"},{"product_id":"2-pack-hybrid-spectrum-dusk-to-dawn-fly-zapper-electric-fly-catcher-fruit-flies-trap-outdoor-indoor-for-home-use-mosquito-killer-bug-zapper-insect-lamp-with-light-sensor-uk-plug","title":"Dusk-to-Dawn Electric Fly Zapper","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n.hs-pf {\n  --hs-pf-fg: var(--color-foreground, #2c2820);\n  --hs-pf-muted: rgba(44, 40, 32, 0.68);\n  --hs-pf-rule: rgba(44, 40, 32, 0.12);\n  --hs-pf-soft: rgba(44, 40, 32, 0.04);\n  --hs-pf-card: #ffffff;\n  --hs-pf-accent: var(--color-primary, #3f4f37);\n  font-size: 1rem;\n  line-height: 1.6;\n  color: var(--hs-pf-fg);\n}\n.hs-pf \u003e * + * { margin-top: 1.5rem; }\n.hs-pf p { margin: 0; }\n.hs-pf p + p { margin-top: 0.85rem; }\n.hs-pf h2 {\n  font-size: 1.125rem;\n  font-weight: 600;\n  margin: 0 0 0.75rem;\n  letter-spacing: 0.01em;\n}\n\/* Global list reset for any UL\/OL we render ourselves — wins over Shopify theme defaults. *\/\n.hs-pf ul,\n.hs-pf ol {\n  list-style: none !important;\n  list-style-type: none !important;\n  list-style-image: none !important;\n  padding-left: 0 !important;\n  margin: 0 !important;\n}\n.hs-pf ul \u003e li,\n.hs-pf ol \u003e li {\n  list-style: none !important;\n  list-style-type: none !important;\n}\n.hs-pf ul \u003e li::marker,\n.hs-pf ol \u003e li::marker { content: \"\" !important; }\n.hs-pf__lede {\n  font-size: 1.0625rem;\n  line-height: 1.55;\n  font-weight: 500;\n  color: var(--hs-pf-fg);\n  padding-bottom: 1rem;\n  border-bottom: 1px solid var(--hs-pf-rule);\n}\n.hs-pf__dimensions {\n  display: grid;\n  grid-template-columns: repeat(auto-fit, minmax(140px, 1fr));\n  gap: 0.625rem;\n}\n.hs-pf__dimensions li {\n  position: relative;\n  background: var(--hs-pf-card);\n  border: 1px solid var(--hs-pf-rule);\n  border-radius: 0.625rem;\n  padding: 0.875rem 1rem 0.9375rem;\n  box-shadow: 0 1px 0 rgba(44, 40, 32, 0.02);\n  overflow: hidden;\n}\n.hs-pf__dimensions li::before {\n  content: \"\";\n  position: absolute;\n  left: 0; top: 0; bottom: 0;\n  width: 3px;\n  background: var(--hs-pf-accent);\n  opacity: 0.85;\n}\n.hs-pf__dim-label {\n  display: block;\n  font-size: 0.6875rem;\n  letter-spacing: 0.08em;\n  text-transform: uppercase;\n  color: var(--hs-pf-muted);\n  font-weight: 600;\n  margin-bottom: 0.3125rem;\n}\n.hs-pf__dim-value {\n  display: block;\n  font-size: 1.125rem;\n  font-weight: 600;\n  letter-spacing: -0.005em;\n  color: var(--hs-pf-fg);\n  line-height: 1.25;\n}\n.hs-pf__features {\n  display: grid;\n  gap: 0.625rem;\n}\n.hs-pf__features li {\n  position: relative;\n  padding: 0.5rem 0 0.5rem 1.25rem;\n  border-bottom: 1px solid var(--hs-pf-rule);\n}\n.hs-pf__features li:last-child { border-bottom: 0; }\n.hs-pf__features li::before {\n  content: \"\";\n  position: absolute;\n  left: 0; top: 0.95rem;\n  width: 0.5rem; height: 0.5rem;\n  background: var(--hs-pf-accent);\n  border-radius: 999px;\n}\n.hs-pf__features strong { display: block; font-weight: 600; margin-bottom: 0.125rem; }\n.hs-pf__specs {\n  width: 100%;\n  border-collapse: collapse;\n  border: 1px solid var(--hs-pf-rule);\n  border-radius: 0.5rem;\n  overflow: hidden;\n  font-size: 0.9375rem;\n}\n.hs-pf__specs th,\n.hs-pf__specs td {\n  text-align: left;\n  padding: 0.625rem 0.875rem;\n  border-bottom: 1px solid var(--hs-pf-rule);\n  vertical-align: top;\n}\n.hs-pf__specs tr:last-child th,\n.hs-pf__specs tr:last-child td { border-bottom: 0; }\n.hs-pf__specs th {\n  width: 38%;\n  background: var(--hs-pf-soft);\n  font-weight: 600;\n  color: var(--hs-pf-muted);\n}\n\/* \"Plain bullet\" lists (Best for, In the box, Care) — we paint our own\n   bullets via ::before so the global list reset above doesn't strip them. *\/\n.hs-pf__list { display: grid; gap: 0.4375rem; }\n.hs-pf__list li {\n  position: relative;\n  padding-left: 1.125rem;\n}\n.hs-pf__list li::before {\n  content: \"\";\n  position: absolute;\n  left: 0.25rem; top: 0.6875rem;\n  width: 0.3125rem; height: 0.3125rem;\n  background: var(--hs-pf-accent);\n  border-radius: 999px;\n  opacity: 0.7;\n}\n.hs-pf__steps {\n  display: grid;\n  gap: 0.5rem;\n  counter-reset: hs-step;\n}\n.hs-pf__steps li {\n  position: relative;\n  padding-left: 2rem;\n  counter-increment: hs-step;\n  min-height: 1.5rem;\n}\n.hs-pf__steps li::before {\n  content: counter(hs-step);\n  position: absolute;\n  left: 0; top: 0.0625rem;\n  width: 1.5rem; height: 1.5rem;\n  display: inline-flex;\n  align-items: center;\n  justify-content: center;\n  font-size: 0.75rem;\n  font-weight: 600;\n  color: var(--hs-pf-accent);\n  background: var(--hs-pf-soft);\n  border: 1px solid var(--hs-pf-rule);\n  border-radius: 999px;\n}\n.hs-pf__safety {\n  border-left: 3px solid var(--hs-pf-accent);\n  padding: 0.75rem 1rem;\n  background: var(--hs-pf-soft);\n  border-radius: 0 0.5rem 0.5rem 0;\n}\n.hs-pf__safety h2 { margin-bottom: 0.5rem; }\n.hs-pf__safety ul { display: grid; gap: 0.3125rem; }\n.hs-pf__safety li {\n  position: relative;\n  padding-left: 1rem;\n}\n.hs-pf__safety li::before {\n  content: \"\";\n  position: absolute;\n  left: 0.125rem; top: 0.625rem;\n  width: 0.375rem; height: 0.375rem;\n  background: var(--hs-pf-accent);\n  border-radius: 999px;\n}\n@media (prefers-color-scheme: dark) {\n  .hs-pf {\n    --hs-pf-rule: rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.14);\n    --hs-pf-soft: rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.04);\n    --hs-pf-card: rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.03);\n    --hs-pf-muted: rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.72);\n  }\n}\n@media (max-width: 599px) {\n  .hs-pf__specs th { width: 45%; }\n  .hs-pf__dimensions { grid-template-columns: 1fr; }\n}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hs-pf\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"hs-pf__lede\"\u003eThis electric fly zapper effectively attracts and eliminates various pests while offering convenient dusk-to-dawn operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"hs-pf__overview\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe hybrid spectrum fly zapper utilises dual UV bulbs to attract a wide range of insects, including flies, mosquitoes, and moths. Its dusk-to-dawn mode allows for automatic operation, making it a practical choice for both indoor and outdoor settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith an IP23 waterproof rating, this zapper is suitable for use on patios, gardens, and even indoors. Its coverage extends to half an acre outdoors, making it ideal for larger spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection class=\"hs-pf__panel\"\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hs-pf__features\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHybrid spectrum lighting\u003c\/strong\u003e15W dual bulbs emit a broader light spectrum, effectively attracting various pests.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDusk-to-dawn functionality\u003c\/strong\u003eWaterproof switch offers ON, OFF, and AUTO modes for automatic operation based on light conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile usage\u003c\/strong\u003eSuitable for both indoor and outdoor environments, covering up to 1\/2 acre.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUser-friendly design\u003c\/strong\u003eIncludes a 5ft power cord and a removable tray for easy cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChemical-free pest control\u003c\/strong\u003eUses a natural light spectrum to attract insects without chemical sprays.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection class=\"hs-pf__panel\"\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBest for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hs-pf__list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePatios and gardens up to 1\/2 acre\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndoor use in kitchens and bedrooms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBalconies and porches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection class=\"hs-pf__panel\"\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"hs-pf__specs\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePower Source\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e220V\/50Hz AC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDimensions (H × W × D)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCapacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCovers up to 1\/2 acre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection class=\"hs-pf__panel\"\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hs-pf__list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × electric fly zapper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × power cord\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection class=\"hs-pf__panel\"\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow to use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col class=\"hs-pf__steps\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlug in the zapper using the 5ft power cord.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelect the desired mode: ON, OFF, or AUTO.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the zapper in the desired location.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection class=\"hs-pf__panel\"\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCare \u0026amp; maintenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hs-pf__list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean the removable tray regularly to maintain efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore indoors during prolonged periods of non-use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HeavyStones","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53216400539914,"sku":"AMZ-B0C3THF9BX","price":26.59,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0953\/2299\/7002\/files\/71izkdnobjl-ac-uf894-1000-ql80-fmwebp-1080x1080_853f952e-6d44-43a5-82a0-828bf72ed5e8.webp?v=1781555507"},{"product_id":"high-gloss-cherry-pebbles-30-50mm","title":"High Gloss Cherry Pebbles 30-50mm – Premium Decorative Stones","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHigh Gloss Cherry Pebbles 30–50mm – Premium Decorative Stones\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eHigh Gloss Cherry Pebbles \u003cstrong\u003e30–50 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e are natural decorative stones imported from \u003cstrong\u003eTurkey 🇹🇷\u003c\/strong\u003e. Their colour ranges from deep cherry red and maroon to chocolate-brown, with natural markings and tonal differences from stone to stone.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe pebbles are rounded and polished to create a smooth \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-gloss finish\u003c\/strong\u003e. At 30–50 mm, they are large enough to remain visible within planting areas, making them well suited to flower beds, borders, planters and other decorative landscaping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProperties and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrigin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Turkey 🇹🇷\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Natural stone\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30–50 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cherry red, maroon and chocolate-brown tones\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rounded and smooth\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polished, high-gloss surface\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAppearance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Natural markings and colour variation between stones\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDurability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for long-term outdoor landscaping\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaintenance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy to clean and maintain\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e30–50 mm size\u003c\/strong\u003e works best in areas where the individual pebbles are intended to form part of the finished design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlower Beds:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable around flowers, shrubs and ornamental grasses.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Borders:\u003c\/strong\u003e Creates a defined decorative edge alongside lawns, paving and planting areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanters \u0026amp; Pots:\u003c\/strong\u003e Works well as a top layer in medium and large outdoor planters.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAround Trees \u0026amp; Shrubs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gives established planting areas a tidy decorative finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable around ornaments, feature stones and other landscaped focal points.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePaving \u0026amp; Edging:\u003c\/strong\u003e Can be used alongside patios, paths, paving slabs and garden edging.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIndoor Planters:\u003c\/strong\u003e Also suitable for decorative use in large indoor pots and containers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eUsing 30–50 mm High Gloss Cherry Pebbles\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e30–50 mm grading\u003c\/strong\u003e gives a more substantial finish than smaller decorative gravel. Individual stones remain clearly visible after installation, allowing their colour and polished surface to stand out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis size is best suited to beds, borders and planters rather than areas where a fine, compact gravel surface is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor outdoor use, a suitable landscaping membrane can be installed underneath the stone to separate it from the soil and make maintenance easier.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eColour and High-Gloss Finish\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese pebbles contain a natural mixture of \u003cstrong\u003echerry red, maroon, reddish-brown and chocolate tones\u003c\/strong\u003e. Some stones may be lighter or darker, while others may contain visible veins or markings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe polishing process gives the surface its smooth, glossy appearance and brings out the natural colour of the stone. The pebbles may look slightly different depending on lighting and whether the surface is wet or dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eNatural Stone Variations\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eHigh Gloss Cherry Pebbles are a \u003cstrong\u003enatural product\u003c\/strong\u003e, so differences in colour, markings, shape and texture are expected.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe stated \u003cstrong\u003e30–50 mm grading is approximate\u003c\/strong\u003e, and some individual stones may fall slightly outside this range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eProduct photographs are intended to represent the material as accurately as possible, although natural batch variation, lighting and screen settings can affect how the colour appears.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and Maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eLeaves, soil and other loose debris can normally be removed with a brush, garden blower or gentle rinse with water.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTo help maintain the appearance of polished natural stone over time, a suitable \u003cstrong\u003enatural stone sealer\u003c\/strong\u003e can also be applied if required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTransport and Delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe deliver decorative stone throughout the UK, with quantities available for smaller garden projects as well as larger landscaping work.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLarger orders may be supplied on pallets. A \u003cstrong\u003efirm, level surface\u003c\/strong\u003e such as concrete, paving or asphalt is required for unloading with a pallet truck.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor larger quantities or landscaping projects beyond the options available online, please contact us for a quotation.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HeavyStones","offers":[{"title":"1kg","offer_id":53216400572682,"sku":null,"price":9.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"10kg","offer_id":53216400605450,"sku":null,"price":29.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"20kg","offer_id":53216400638218,"sku":null,"price":44.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0953\/2299\/7002\/files\/high-gloss-cherry-mahogany-pebbles-30-50mm_8a0e1bef-c556-4b49-94a2-5fa24fd81ad3.webp?v=1781555510"},{"product_id":"high-gloss-multicolour-pebbles-30-50mm","title":"High Gloss Multicolour Pebbles 30-50mm – Premium Decorative Stones","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHigh Gloss Multicolour Pebbles 30–50mm – Premium Decorative Stones\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eHigh Gloss Multicolour Pebbles \u003cstrong\u003e30–50 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e are natural decorative stones with a varied mix of cream, beige, brown, grey, amber and darker tones. The polished surface brings out the natural patterns and markings within each pebble, giving every batch a varied appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e30–50 mm size\u003c\/strong\u003e is large enough for the individual stones to remain visible after installation. It works well in flower beds, planters, borders and other areas where the colour and polished finish are intended to be part of the garden design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProperties and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Natural decorative stone\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30–50 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mixed cream, beige, brown, grey, amber and darker tones\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rounded and smooth\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polished, high-gloss surface\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAppearance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Natural colour and pattern variation between individual stones\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDurability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for long-term outdoor landscaping\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaintenance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy to clean and maintain\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe varied colours make these pebbles useful in gardens where a single-colour stone would look too uniform.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlower Beds:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable around flowers, shrubs and ornamental grasses.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Borders:\u003c\/strong\u003e Can be used to define planting areas alongside lawns, paving and patios.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanters \u0026amp; Pots:\u003c\/strong\u003e Works well as a decorative top layer in medium and large outdoor planters.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAround Trees \u0026amp; Shrubs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gives established planting areas a finished decorative surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable around ornaments, feature plants and other landscaped focal points.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePaving \u0026amp; Edging:\u003c\/strong\u003e Can be used alongside paths, patios, steps and garden edging.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIndoor Planters:\u003c\/strong\u003e Also suitable for decorative use in larger indoor pots and containers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eUsing 30–50 mm High Gloss Multicolour Pebbles\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e30–50 mm grading\u003c\/strong\u003e gives a more substantial appearance than smaller decorative gravel. The stones remain individually visible, allowing their different colours, markings and polished surfaces to stand out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis size is best suited to beds, borders, planters and feature areas rather than locations where a fine gravel surface is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor outdoor installations, a suitable landscaping membrane can be laid underneath to keep the pebbles separate from the soil and make the area easier to maintain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eColour and High-Gloss Finish\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eHigh Gloss Multicolour Pebbles contain a natural mixture of \u003cstrong\u003elight and dark shades\u003c\/strong\u003e, including cream, beige, warm brown, amber and grey. Some stones may contain several colours or visible natural veins within a single piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePolishing smooths the surface and makes these natural patterns more noticeable. The appearance can change slightly depending on lighting and whether the stones are wet or dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eNatural Stone Variations\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese pebbles are a \u003cstrong\u003enatural product\u003c\/strong\u003e, so colour, markings, shape and texture will vary from stone to stone and between batches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe stated \u003cstrong\u003e30–50 mm grading is approximate\u003c\/strong\u003e, and a small proportion of stones may fall slightly outside this range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eProduct photographs are intended to show the material as accurately as possible, but natural variation, lighting and screen settings can affect how the colours appear.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and Maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eLeaves, soil and loose garden debris can normally be removed with a brush, garden blower or gentle rinse with water.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTo help maintain the polished appearance over time, a suitable \u003cstrong\u003enatural stone sealer\u003c\/strong\u003e can be used where required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTransport and Delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe deliver decorative stone throughout the UK, with quantities available for smaller garden projects as well as larger landscaping work.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLarger orders may be supplied on pallets. A \u003cstrong\u003efirm, level surface\u003c\/strong\u003e such as concrete, paving or asphalt is required for unloading with a pallet truck.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor larger quantities or landscaping projects beyond the options available online, please contact us for a quotation.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HeavyStones","offers":[{"title":"1kg","offer_id":53216400670986,"sku":null,"price":9.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"10kg","offer_id":53216400703754,"sku":null,"price":29.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"20kg","offer_id":53216400736522,"sku":null,"price":44.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0953\/2299\/7002\/files\/high-gloss-multicolour-pebbles-30-50mm_7996d5a7-a591-4a16-9cc3-58cd6e51e8fa.webp?v=1781555511"},{"product_id":"high-gloss-white-pebbles-30-50mm","title":"High Gloss White Pebbles 30-50mm – Premium Decorative Stones","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHigh Gloss White Pebbles 30–50mm – Premium Decorative Stones\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eHigh Gloss White Pebbles \u003cstrong\u003e30–50 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e are smooth decorative stones with a polished finish and soft white to creamy-white colouring. Their rounded shape and glossy surface give them a clean appearance while still retaining the natural markings and variation found in real stone.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e30–50 mm size\u003c\/strong\u003e is well suited to flower beds, borders, larger planters and areas around shrubs or feature plants. The individual pebbles remain visible once laid, making them a good choice where the stone itself forms part of the garden design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProperties and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Natural decorative stone\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30–50 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e White to creamy-white with subtle natural markings\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rounded and smooth\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polished, high-gloss surface\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAppearance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clean light colouring with natural variation\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDurability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for long-term outdoor landscaping\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaintenance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy to clean and maintain\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe light colour and polished finish work well in both planted areas and more structured garden designs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlower Beds:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable around flowers, shrubs and ornamental grasses.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Borders:\u003c\/strong\u003e Creates a clean decorative edge alongside lawns, paving and planted areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanters \u0026amp; Pots:\u003c\/strong\u003e Works well as a top layer in medium and large outdoor planters.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAround Trees \u0026amp; Shrubs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gives established planting areas a neat finished surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable around ornaments, feature plants and decorative garden elements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePaving \u0026amp; Edging:\u003c\/strong\u003e Can be used alongside patios, paths, paving slabs and garden edging.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIndoor Planters:\u003c\/strong\u003e Also suitable as a decorative top layer in larger indoor pots and containers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eUsing 30–50 mm High Gloss White Pebbles\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e30–50 mm grading\u003c\/strong\u003e gives a more substantial finish than smaller white gravel sizes. Individual pebbles remain clearly visible after installation, allowing their rounded shape and polished surface to stand out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis size works best in beds, borders, larger planters and feature areas rather than locations where a fine gravel surface is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor outdoor installations, a suitable landscaping membrane can be laid underneath to keep the pebbles separate from the soil and make the area easier to maintain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eColour and High-Gloss Finish\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eHigh Gloss White Pebbles have a \u003cstrong\u003ewhite to creamy-white colour\u003c\/strong\u003e, with occasional natural veins, markings and slight tonal differences between stones.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe polishing process smooths the surface and gives the pebbles their glossy appearance. Their colour may look slightly different in direct sunlight, shade or when the stones are wet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eNatural Stone Variations\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eHigh Gloss White Pebbles are a \u003cstrong\u003enatural product\u003c\/strong\u003e, so differences in colour, shape, markings and texture should be expected.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe stated \u003cstrong\u003e30–50 mm grading is approximate\u003c\/strong\u003e, and a small proportion of stones may fall slightly outside this range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eProduct photographs are intended to represent the material as accurately as possible, although natural batch variation, lighting and screen settings can affect how the colour appears.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and Maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhite decorative stone can show soil, leaves and other garden debris more readily than darker colours. Regularly removing loose material will help keep the pebbles looking clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe stones can be gently rinsed with water when required. To help maintain the polished finish and protect the surface over time, a suitable \u003cstrong\u003enatural stone sealer\u003c\/strong\u003e may also be applied if required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTransport and Delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe deliver decorative stone throughout the UK, with quantities available for smaller garden projects as well as larger landscaping work.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLarger orders may be supplied on pallets. A \u003cstrong\u003efirm, level surface\u003c\/strong\u003e such as concrete, paving or asphalt is required for unloading with a pallet truck.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor larger quantities or landscaping projects beyond the options available online, please contact us for a quotation.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HeavyStones","offers":[{"title":"1kg","offer_id":53216400769290,"sku":null,"price":9.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"10kg","offer_id":53216400802058,"sku":null,"price":29.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"20kg","offer_id":53216400834826,"sku":null,"price":44.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0953\/2299\/7002\/files\/high-gloss-white-pebbles-30-50mm_e1ffa2fc-fb7d-4184-a339-9d9f88bb8c57.webp?v=1781555512"},{"product_id":"large-olimp-gabion-planter-basket","title":"Large Olimp Gabion Planter Basket","description":"\u003ch2\u003eLarge Olimp Gabion Planter Basket\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eLarge Olimp Gabion Planter Basket\u003c\/strong\u003e is a round outdoor planter designed to combine planting with a decorative stone-filled gabion surround. Its larger dimensions give it more presence than the Medium Olimp, making it a good choice for feature planting, wider patios, entrances and larger landscaped areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe central opening is designed to hold a plant pot, while the outer section can be filled with decorative pebbles or cobbles of your choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis listing is for the \u003cstrong\u003egabion basket only\u003c\/strong\u003e. Decorative garden stones are \u003cstrong\u003enot included\u003c\/strong\u003e, allowing you to choose the stone colour, size and style that best suits your garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat Is Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1 x Large Olimp Gabion Planter Basket\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGarden stones are not included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003eDecorative pebbles and cobbles can be purchased separately\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003eA bundled version with garden stones included is also available\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 39 cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDiameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60 cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInsert Pot Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 32 cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBasket Weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.4 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProperties and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Large round gabion planter basket\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 39 cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60 cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCentral Pot Opening:\u003c\/strong\u003e 32 cm diameter\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.4 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFill:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for appropriately sized decorative pebbles and cobbles\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e Central planting area surrounded by a stone-filled outer section\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAppearance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Larger rounded form suitable for more prominent garden features\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for long-term outdoor garden and landscaping projects\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe larger size makes the \u003cstrong\u003eLarge Olimp\u003c\/strong\u003e particularly suitable where a more noticeable planted feature is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePatios:\u003c\/strong\u003e Creates a substantial planted feature on larger paved areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Entrances:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable beside gates, pathways and front garden entrances.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeature Planting:\u003c\/strong\u003e The larger 32 cm central opening allows for more substantial plants and arrangements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Borders:\u003c\/strong\u003e Can be positioned within wider beds as a focal point.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTerraces \u0026amp; Courtyards:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adds planting and natural stone to structured outdoor spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommercial Landscaping:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for offices, restaurants, hotels, showrooms and other outdoor entrance areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePaired Displays:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two planters can be positioned either side of an entrance or pathway for a balanced design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eChoose Your Own Garden Stone\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis basket is supplied \u003cstrong\u003ewithout decorative stone\u003c\/strong\u003e, giving you complete control over the finished appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBright white pebbles can produce a clean contemporary look, black or dark stones create stronger contrast, while beige, grey or multicolour stones provide a softer and more natural finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe larger basket also gives the stone more visual presence than the Medium Olimp, so your choice of fill can make a significant difference to the final appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you prefer a complete package, a version with the required amount of \u003cstrong\u003egarden stones included\u003c\/strong\u003e is available separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFilling the Gabion Basket\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePlace the basket on a \u003cstrong\u003efirm, level surface\u003c\/strong\u003e before adding the stone.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDecorative stone is placed within the outer section of the basket, leaving the central \u003cstrong\u003e32 cm planting space\u003c\/strong\u003e clear for the plant pot.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose stones that are large enough to remain securely inside the basket openings. Once the gabion has been filled, it will become considerably heavier, so we recommend positioning it in its final location before adding the stone.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eLarge Olimp vs Medium Olimp\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eLarge Olimp measures 60 cm in diameter and 39 cm high\u003c\/strong\u003e, compared with the smaller Medium version at 53 cm diameter and 33 cm high.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIts \u003cstrong\u003e32 cm insert pot diameter\u003c\/strong\u003e also provides more planting space than the Medium Olimp's 25 cm opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Large Olimp is therefore better suited to \u003cstrong\u003elarger plants, wider outdoor spaces and more prominent garden features\u003c\/strong\u003e, while the Medium version is more practical for compact patios, smaller planting areas and locations where space is limited.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGarden Design\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe rounded gabion construction gives the planter a softer appearance than traditional square or rectangular gabion baskets.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt works well with ornamental grasses, flowering plants, evergreen shrubs and architectural foliage. The stone filling can also be matched with gravel, garden borders or decorative stone already used elsewhere in the landscaping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTransport and Delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe deliver the Large Olimp Gabion Planter Basket throughout the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis listing includes the \u003cstrong\u003egabion basket only\u003c\/strong\u003e and does not include decorative garden stone. If you would prefer a complete package, please select the version supplied with garden stones included.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HeavyStones","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53216402899210,"sku":null,"price":129.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0953\/2299\/7002\/files\/olimp-gabion-planter-basket.png?v=1781555498"},{"product_id":"york-gabion-planter-basket","title":"York Gabion Planter Basket","description":"\u003ch2\u003eYork Gabion Planter Basket\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eYork Gabion Planter Basket\u003c\/strong\u003e is a decorative outdoor planter with a distinctive curved profile and a central planting space. Its wider top, narrower middle and rounded lower section give it a more sculptural appearance than a standard cylindrical gabion planter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis listing is for the \u003cstrong\u003egabion basket only\u003c\/strong\u003e. Decorative garden stones are \u003cstrong\u003enot included\u003c\/strong\u003e, allowing you to choose the pebble or cobble colour and style that best suits your garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat Is Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1 x York Gabion Planter Basket\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGarden stones are not included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003eDecorative pebbles and cobbles can be purchased separately\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003eA version with \u003cstrong\u003e80kg of garden stones included\u003c\/strong\u003e is also available\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlant pot and plants are not included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 46 cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInsert Pot Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 21 cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBasket Weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.60 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProperties and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Decorative curved gabion planter basket\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 46 cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCentral Pot Opening:\u003c\/strong\u003e 21 cm diameter\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.60 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFill:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for appropriately sized decorative pebbles and cobbles\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e Central planting area surrounded by a stone-filled outer section\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wider top and rounded base with a narrower centre\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for outdoor garden and landscaping projects\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe York's taller shape makes it useful where you want the planter to stand out as a garden feature rather than blend into the surrounding ground cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePatios:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable as a standalone decorative planter on paved areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Entrances:\u003c\/strong\u003e Works well beside gates, doors and pathways.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeature Planting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for flowers, ornamental grasses and compact evergreen plants.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Borders:\u003c\/strong\u003e Can be positioned within larger beds as a focal point.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTerraces \u0026amp; Courtyards:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adds planting and decorative stone without taking up a large amount of floor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePathways:\u003c\/strong\u003e Can be used individually or as a matching pair beside a path or entrance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommercial Landscaping:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for offices, hospitality spaces and landscaped entrances.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eChoose Your Own Garden Stone\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause this version is supplied \u003cstrong\u003ewithout stone\u003c\/strong\u003e, you can create the finished look you want.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhite pebbles give the planter a brighter appearance, black or dark stone creates more contrast, while beige, grey and multicolour pebbles produce a softer natural finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe curved wire design leaves much of the stone visible, so the choice of fill has a noticeable effect on the final appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor customers who prefer the stone supplied with the planter, the \u003cstrong\u003eYork Gabion Planter Basket with 80kg of garden stones included\u003c\/strong\u003e is available separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFilling the Gabion Basket\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePosition the basket on a \u003cstrong\u003efirm, level surface\u003c\/strong\u003e before filling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDecorative stone is placed around the outer section of the basket while the central \u003cstrong\u003e21 cm planting opening\u003c\/strong\u003e remains clear for your plant pot.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose stones that are large enough to remain securely inside the basket openings. Once filled, the planter will become considerably heavier, so it is best to place it in its final position before adding the stone.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGarden Design\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe curved York shape gives the planter a different character from conventional straight-sided gabion baskets. It can be used as a single focal feature or repeated around a garden to create a consistent design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt works well with:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003eornamental grasses\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003eflowering plants\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003ecompact evergreen plants\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003eseasonal bedding\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003edecorative foliage\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe chosen stone can also be matched with gravel, borders or other decorative materials already used elsewhere in the garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTransport and Delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe deliver the York Gabion Planter Basket throughout the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis listing includes the \u003cstrong\u003egabion basket only\u003c\/strong\u003e and does not include decorative garden stone. If you prefer a complete package, please select the version supplied with \u003cstrong\u003e80kg of garden stones included\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HeavyStones","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53216402931978,"sku":null,"price":109.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0953\/2299\/7002\/files\/york-gabion-planter-basket.png?v=1781555499"},{"product_id":"medium-olimp-gabion-planter-basket","title":"Medium Olimp Gabion Planter Basket","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMedium Olimp Gabion Planter Basket\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eMedium Olimp Gabion Planter Basket\u003c\/strong\u003e is a round outdoor planter designed to combine planting with the look of a traditional stone-filled gabion. The central opening holds a plant pot, while the outer section can be filled with decorative pebbles or cobbles of your choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis listing is for the \u003cstrong\u003egabion basket only\u003c\/strong\u003e. Decorative garden stones are \u003cstrong\u003enot included\u003c\/strong\u003e, making this option suitable if you already have stone or want to choose your own colour, size and style.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat Is Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1 x Medium Olimp Gabion Planter Basket\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGarden stones are not included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003eDecorative pebbles and cobbles can be purchased separately\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003eA version with the required garden stones included is also available\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 33 cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDiameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 53 cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInsert Pot Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 25 cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBasket Weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.7 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProperties and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Round gabion planter basket\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 33 cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 53 cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCentral Pot Opening:\u003c\/strong\u003e 25 cm diameter\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.7 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFill:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for decorative pebbles, cobbles and other appropriately sized garden stone\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e Separate central planting area surrounded by a stone-filled outer section\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for long-term outdoor garden and landscaping projects\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Medium Olimp works well as a standalone planter or as part of a larger garden design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePatios:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adds planting and natural stone to paved seating areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Borders:\u003c\/strong\u003e Can be positioned within larger beds as a planted focal point.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEntrances:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable beside pathways, gates and front garden entrances.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTerraces \u0026amp; Courtyards:\u003c\/strong\u003e Useful where planting space is limited but a substantial decorative feature is wanted.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeature Planting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Works well with ornamental grasses, evergreen plants, flowers and seasonal planting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommercial Landscaping:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for entrances, hospitality areas, offices and other landscaped spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eChoose Your Own Garden Stone\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause this version is supplied \u003cstrong\u003ewithout stone\u003c\/strong\u003e, you can choose the decorative material that best matches your garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhite pebbles can create a brighter finish, darker stones give the planter stronger contrast, while natural beige and multicolour pebbles produce a softer appearance. Different stone sizes can also change the finished look of the gabion.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor customers who prefer a complete package, the \u003cstrong\u003eMedium Olimp Gabion Planter Basket with 80kg of garden stones included\u003c\/strong\u003e is available separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFilling the Gabion Basket\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePlace the basket on a \u003cstrong\u003efirm, level surface\u003c\/strong\u003e before filling. Decorative stone is placed within the outer section of the gabion, leaving the central \u003cstrong\u003e25 cm planting space\u003c\/strong\u003e clear for your plant pot.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe recommend choosing stones large enough that they cannot pass through the openings in the basket.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnce filled, the planter becomes considerably heavier, so it is best to position the basket in its final location before adding the stone.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGarden Design\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe rounded shape gives the Olimp planter a softer appearance than rectangular gabion baskets. It can be used on its own or repeated throughout a garden to create matching planted features.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe visible stone can also be coordinated with gravel, borders or other decorative stone already used elsewhere in the garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTransport and Delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe deliver the Medium Olimp Gabion Planter Basket throughout the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis listing includes the \u003cstrong\u003egabion basket only\u003c\/strong\u003e and does not include decorative garden stone. If you require the complete planter with stone included, please select the bundled version instead.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HeavyStones","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53216402964746,"sku":null,"price":119.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0953\/2299\/7002\/files\/olimp-gabion-planter-basket-medium-1-1080x1080.png?v=1781555500"},{"product_id":"straight-gabion-border-basket","title":"Straight Gabion Border Basket","description":"\u003ch2\u003eStraight Gabion Border Basket\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eStraight Gabion Border Basket\u003c\/strong\u003e is a compact rectangular gabion designed for creating decorative borders around flower beds, paths, lawns and other landscaped areas. At just \u003cstrong\u003e11 cm wide\u003c\/strong\u003e, it provides a defined stone edge without taking up unnecessary garden space.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis listing is for the \u003cstrong\u003egabion basket only\u003c\/strong\u003e. Decorative garden stones are \u003cstrong\u003enot included\u003c\/strong\u003e, allowing you to choose the colour and type of stone that best matches the rest of your garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat Is Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1 x Straight Gabion Border Basket\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3 x galvanised steel ground fixings\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGarden stones are not included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003eDecorative pebbles and cobbles can be purchased separately\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003eA version with \u003cstrong\u003e20kg of garden stones included\u003c\/strong\u003e is also available\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 51 cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 11 cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20 cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBasket Weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.30 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGround Fixings:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 supplied\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProperties and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Straight decorative gabion border\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Narrow rectangular basket\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 51 cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 11 cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20 cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.30 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFill:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for appropriately sized decorative pebbles and cobbles\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGround Fixings:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 galvanised steel stakes supplied\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed for garden edging, borders and landscaping\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModular Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Multiple baskets can be positioned together to create longer runs\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe narrow shape makes the Straight Gabion Border Basket useful for creating defined edges without using a wide traditional border.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlower Bed Edging:\u003c\/strong\u003e Separates planted areas from lawns, gravel or paving.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePath Edging:\u003c\/strong\u003e Creates a stone border alongside garden paths and walkways.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLawn Borders:\u003c\/strong\u003e Provides a clear divide between grass and surrounding landscaped areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePatio Edging:\u003c\/strong\u003e Can be positioned alongside patios, paving and other hard landscaping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Zoning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Useful for separating gravel, planting and different decorative materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLow Decorative Borders:\u003c\/strong\u003e Creates a 20 cm high stone feature without blocking views of surrounding plants.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLonger Gabion Runs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Several baskets can be installed side by side for a continuous border.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eChoose Your Own Garden Stone\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause this version is supplied \u003cstrong\u003ewithout decorative stone\u003c\/strong\u003e, you can select a fill that matches your existing landscaping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhite stones can create a brighter, cleaner border, while black or dark pebbles provide stronger contrast. Beige, grey and multicolour stones work well where a softer natural finish is preferred.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose stones that are large enough to remain securely inside the basket openings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor a complete option, the \u003cstrong\u003eStraight Gabion Border Basket with 20kg of Garden Stones Included\u003c\/strong\u003e is available separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGround Fixings\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe basket is supplied with \u003cstrong\u003e3 galvanised steel ground fixings\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese metal stakes are used to anchor the basket into suitable ground and help prevent movement after the basket has been positioned and filled.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen installing several baskets in a row, fixing and aligning them before adding stone helps create a straighter, more consistent border.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePosition the basket in the required location and check that it is level before filling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSecure it using the supplied ground fixings, then add your chosen decorative stone gradually and distribute it evenly throughout the basket.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf several baskets are being used together, position and align the full run first before filling them with stone.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGarden Design\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e51 cm long and only 11 cm wide\u003c\/strong\u003e, the Straight Gabion Border Basket is useful where garden space is limited but a visible stone edge is wanted.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt works well alongside \u003cstrong\u003elawns, gravel, paving, flower beds, ornamental grasses and planted borders\u003c\/strong\u003e. Multiple sections can also be repeated throughout the garden to create a consistent edging design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTransport and Delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe deliver the Straight Gabion Border Basket throughout the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis listing includes the \u003cstrong\u003egabion basket and 3 galvanised steel ground fixings only\u003c\/strong\u003e. Decorative garden stones are not included. If you prefer the basket and stone supplied together, choose the version with \u003cstrong\u003e20kg of garden stones included\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HeavyStones","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53216402997514,"sku":null,"price":29.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0953\/2299\/7002\/files\/straight-gabion-border-basket.png?v=1781555501"},{"product_id":"curved-gabion-border-basket","title":"Curved Gabion Border Basket","description":"\u003ch2\u003eCurved Gabion Border Basket\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eCurved Gabion Border Basket\u003c\/strong\u003e is a narrow stone-filled edging basket designed for curved flower beds, trees, pathways and rounded landscaping features. Its curved shape allows you to create softer garden layouts that are difficult to achieve with straight gabion sections.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis listing is for the \u003cstrong\u003egabion basket only\u003c\/strong\u003e. Decorative garden stones are \u003cstrong\u003enot included\u003c\/strong\u003e, so you can choose the colour and type of pebble or cobble that best matches your garden. Multiple sections can be combined, with \u003cstrong\u003e4 curved baskets forming a complete circle\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat Is Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1 x Curved Gabion Border Basket\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3 x galvanised steel ground fixings\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGarden stones are not included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003eDecorative pebbles and cobbles can be purchased separately\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003eA version with \u003cstrong\u003e20kg of garden stones included\u003c\/strong\u003e is also available\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4 curved baskets can form a complete circle\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 75 cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 11 cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20 cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBasket Weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.80 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGround Fixings:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 supplied\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProperties and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Curved decorative gabion border\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gently curved rectangular basket\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 75 cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 11 cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20 cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.80 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFill:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for appropriately sized decorative pebbles and cobbles\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGround Fixings:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 galvanised steel stakes supplied\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModular Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Multiple sections can be joined to create longer curved borders\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCircle Layout:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 sections can be arranged to form a complete circle\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for garden edging, planting areas and landscaping\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe curved profile is useful anywhere a straight border would not follow the shape of the garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCurved Flower Beds:\u003c\/strong\u003e Follows rounded planting areas and sweeping borders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAround Trees:\u003c\/strong\u003e Several baskets can create a decorative stone surround around established trees.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCircular Planting Areas:\u003c\/strong\u003e Four baskets can be combined to form a complete circular border.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePath Edging:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable alongside curved paths and walkways.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLawn Borders:\u003c\/strong\u003e Creates a defined separation between grass and planted or gravelled areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e Works around specimen plants, ornaments and central landscaping features.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMixed Border Designs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Can be combined with straight gabion baskets where the layout includes both curves and straight sections.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eChoose Your Own Garden Stone\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause this version is supplied \u003cstrong\u003ewithout decorative stone\u003c\/strong\u003e, you can select the finish that best suits the rest of your landscaping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhite pebbles create a brighter border, black or dark stones give stronger contrast, while beige, grey and multicolour stone produces a softer natural look.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose stones that are large enough to remain securely inside the basket openings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor a complete option, the \u003cstrong\u003eCurved Gabion Border Basket with 20kg of Garden Stones Included\u003c\/strong\u003e is available separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCreating a Circular Border\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe modular shape allows \u003cstrong\u003e4 Curved Gabion Border Baskets to form a complete circle\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis works well for:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003etrees\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003ecircular flower beds\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003especimen plants\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003ecentral garden features\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003edecorative island beds\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou can also use one, two or three sections where only part of a circle or a gentle curved border is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGround Fixings\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe basket is supplied with \u003cstrong\u003e3 galvanised steel ground fixings\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese metal stakes anchor the basket into suitable ground and help reduce movement once the basket has been positioned and filled.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen several sections are being joined, position and align the entire layout before adding the decorative stone.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePlace the basket in the required position and check the curve before securing it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse the supplied ground fixings to anchor the basket, then gradually add your chosen decorative stone and distribute it evenly throughout the wire structure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor circular or multi-section layouts, arrange all baskets first so the curve can be adjusted before filling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGarden Design\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e11 cm wide and 20 cm high\u003c\/strong\u003e, the basket creates a noticeable stone border without taking up a large amount of planting space.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt works well alongside \u003cstrong\u003elawns, flower beds, ornamental grasses, gravel, paving and natural planting schemes\u003c\/strong\u003e. Curved and straight gabion sections can also be combined to create more detailed garden layouts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTransport and Delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe deliver the Curved Gabion Border Basket throughout the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis listing includes the \u003cstrong\u003egabion basket and 3 galvanised steel ground fixings only\u003c\/strong\u003e. Decorative garden stones are not included. If you prefer the basket and stone supplied together, choose the version with \u003cstrong\u003e20kg of garden stones included\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HeavyStones","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53216403030282,"sku":null,"price":34.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0953\/2299\/7002\/files\/curved-gabion-border-basket.png?v=1781555503"},{"product_id":"high-gloss-black-pebbles-10-30mm-premium-decorative-stones","title":"High Gloss Black Pebbles 10-30mm – Premium Decorative Stones","description":"\u003ch2\u003e\n\u003cimg\u003e\u003cimg\u003e\u003cimg\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003eHigh Gloss Black Pebbles – Premium Decorative Stones\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSize 10–30mm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Gloss Black Pebbles\u003c\/strong\u003e in the 10–30mm size are smooth, rounded decorative stones with a deep black colour and highly polished finish. Their reflective surface creates a clean, elegant appearance that works particularly well in modern gardens, borders and interior displays. The smaller size makes the pebbles easy to spread evenly around plants and across detailed landscaping areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProperties and Benefits of High Gloss Black Pebbles:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Deep black with a polished, reflective finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 10–30mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Smooth and naturally rounded\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-gloss surface that enhances the stone’s colour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuality:\u003c\/strong\u003e Carefully selected decorative stones with no sharp edges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for indoor and outdoor decorative projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow Maintenance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Helps create tidy landscaped areas with minimal upkeep\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe smaller 10–30mm fraction is suitable for detailed landscaping projects and areas where an even, refined finish is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Borders:\u003c\/strong\u003e Creates a bold contrast around flowers, shrubs and ornamental grasses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Pots and Planters:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for covering soil and creating a neat decorative surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWater Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e The polished black finish stands out particularly well around ponds and fountains.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePathway Edging:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for narrow strips and decorative sections alongside paths and patios.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGraves and Memorial Areas:\u003c\/strong\u003e Provides a clean, elegant and easy-to-maintain surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInterior Decoration:\u003c\/strong\u003e Can be used in bowls, displays, hotel interiors and commercial planters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCoverage – 10–30mm:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the best appearance, we recommend laying the pebbles at a depth of approximately \u003cstrong\u003e3–4cm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e20kg covers approximately 0.4m²\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e100kg covers approximately 2m²\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e500kg covers approximately 10m²\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1,000kg covers approximately 20m²\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCoverage may vary depending on the surface, installation depth and arrangement of the stones.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTransport and Delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrders placed \u003cstrong\u003eMonday to Friday before 1:30pm\u003c\/strong\u003e are dispatched the same day and delivered using a free next-working-day service across most UK locations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrders weighing up to 200kg are normally delivered by \u003cstrong\u003eDX\u003c\/strong\u003e in boxes. Larger orders above 200kg are delivered on a pallet through \u003cstrong\u003eTPN – The Pallet Network\u003c\/strong\u003e. Pallet deliveries are made to a firm and level kerbside location that is accessible with a pallet truck.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePackaging:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1kg supplied as a small sample pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10kg supplied in protective parcel packaging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e20kg supplied in a strong, manageable bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrders up to 200kg are packed into multiple boxes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrders above 200kg are securely packed and delivered on a pallet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll shipments are carefully protected to reduce movement and damage during transport.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HeavyStones","offers":[{"title":"1kg","offer_id":53216659308810,"sku":null,"price":9.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"10kg","offer_id":53216659341578,"sku":null,"price":29.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"20kg","offer_id":53216659374346,"sku":null,"price":44.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0953\/2299\/7002\/files\/high-gloss-black-pebbles-10-30mm.webp?v=1781562088"},{"product_id":"black-polished-pebbles-10-30mm","title":"Black Polished Pebbles 10-30mm – Decorative Garden Stones","description":"\u003ch2\u003eBlack Polished Pebbles 10–30mm – Decorative Garden Stones\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBlack Polished Pebbles \u003cstrong\u003e10–30 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e are smooth natural stones with deep black and charcoal tones and a polished finish. Their rounded shape gives them a softer appearance than angular gravel, while the dark colour creates a strong contrast against green planting, light paving and timber.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e10–30 mm size\u003c\/strong\u003e is the smallest in the Black Polished Pebbles range. It is best suited to planters, smaller flower beds, narrow borders and detailed landscaping where larger pebbles would look too dominant.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProperties and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Natural decorative stone\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10–30 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black and dark charcoal\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rounded and smooth\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polished surface\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAppearance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dark, clean finish with natural variation\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDurability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for long-term outdoor landscaping\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaintenance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy to clean and maintain\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e10–30 mm grading\u003c\/strong\u003e is well suited to smaller garden areas and projects where a finer pebble finish is preferred.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlower Beds:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable around flowers, smaller shrubs and ornamental grasses.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanters \u0026amp; Pots:\u003c\/strong\u003e A practical size for topping outdoor containers and garden planters.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNarrow Borders:\u003c\/strong\u003e Works well in slim planting strips and detailed landscaped areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAround Smaller Plants:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gives planting areas a neat finish without overwhelming the plants.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable around stepping stones, ornaments and smaller focal points.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePaving \u0026amp; Edging:\u003c\/strong\u003e Can be used alongside patios, paving slabs and garden edging.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIndoor Planters:\u003c\/strong\u003e Also suitable as a decorative top layer in larger indoor pots.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eUsing 10–30 mm Black Polished Pebbles\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e10–30 mm size\u003c\/strong\u003e gives a finer and more even finish than larger Black Polished Pebble sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause the stones are smaller, they spread easily across planters, beds and compact decorative areas. This makes them a good option where you want the look of polished pebbles without using larger stones that would take up more visual space.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor larger beds or feature landscaping, one of the larger Black Polished Pebble sizes may be more suitable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA landscaping membrane can be installed underneath outdoor areas to help keep the pebbles separate from the soil and make maintenance easier.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eColour and Polished Finish\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBlack Polished Pebbles contain a natural mix of \u003cstrong\u003eblack, charcoal and very dark grey tones\u003c\/strong\u003e. Individual stones may show slight differences in colour and markings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe polished surface gives them a smoother appearance and brings out the darker colouring. The pebbles can appear deeper and richer when wet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eNatural Stone Variations\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBlack Polished Pebbles are a \u003cstrong\u003enatural product\u003c\/strong\u003e, so differences in colour, shape, markings and texture should be expected.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe stated \u003cstrong\u003e10–30 mm grading is approximate\u003c\/strong\u003e, and some stones may fall slightly outside this range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eProduct photographs are intended to represent the material as accurately as possible, although natural batch variation, lighting and screen settings can affect how the colour appears.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and Maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eLeaves, soil and loose garden debris can normally be removed with a brush, garden blower or gentle rinse with water.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTo help maintain the polished appearance, the stones can be cleaned occasionally and a suitable \u003cstrong\u003enatural stone sealer\u003c\/strong\u003e may be used if required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTransport and Delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe deliver decorative stone throughout the UK, with quantities available for smaller garden projects as well as larger landscaping work.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLarger orders may be supplied on pallets. A \u003cstrong\u003efirm, level surface\u003c\/strong\u003e such as concrete, paving or asphalt is required for unloading with a pallet truck.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor larger quantities or landscaping projects beyond the options available online, please contact us for a quotation.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HeavyStones","offers":[{"title":"1kg","offer_id":53216664027402,"sku":null,"price":9.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"10kg","offer_id":53216664060170,"sku":null,"price":29.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"20kg","offer_id":53216664092938,"sku":null,"price":42.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0953\/2299\/7002\/files\/black-polished-pebbles-10-30mm_2d08a1f9-9e84-476a-bdfd-18ba4b8e4594.webp?v=1781562174"},{"product_id":"black-polished-pebbles-30-50mm","title":"Black Polished Pebbles 30-50mm – Decorative Garden Stones","description":"\u003ch2\u003eBlack Polished Pebbles 30–50mm – Decorative Garden Stones\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBlack Polished Pebbles \u003cstrong\u003e30–50 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e are smooth natural stones with deep black and charcoal tones and a polished finish. Their rounded shape gives them a softer appearance than angular gravel, while the dark colour provides a strong contrast against planting, light paving and timber.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e30–50 mm size\u003c\/strong\u003e is the medium option in the Black Polished Pebbles range. It is more substantial than the 10–30 mm size, making it better suited to larger flower beds, borders, planters and areas around established shrubs where the individual pebbles should remain clearly visible.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProperties and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Natural decorative stone\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30–50 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black and dark charcoal\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rounded and smooth\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polished surface\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAppearance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dark, clean finish with natural variation\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDurability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for long-term outdoor landscaping\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaintenance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy to clean and maintain\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e30–50 mm grading\u003c\/strong\u003e works well in medium and larger landscaped areas where the pebbles are intended to be noticeable rather than form a fine surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlower Beds:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable around shrubs, grasses and established plants.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Borders:\u003c\/strong\u003e Creates a clear decorative edge alongside lawns, paving and planted areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanters \u0026amp; Pots:\u003c\/strong\u003e Works well as a top layer in medium and large outdoor planters.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAround Trees \u0026amp; Shrubs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gives established planting areas a neat finished appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable around ornaments, stepping stones and feature planting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePaving \u0026amp; Edging:\u003c\/strong\u003e Can be used alongside patios, paths, paving slabs and garden edging.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIndoor Planters:\u003c\/strong\u003e Also suitable as a decorative top layer in larger indoor pots.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eUsing 30–50 mm Black Polished Pebbles\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e30–50 mm size\u003c\/strong\u003e gives a more pronounced finish than the smaller \u003cstrong\u003e10–30 mm Black Polished Pebbles\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause the stones are larger, their rounded shape and dark surface remain more visible once installed. This makes the 30–50 mm size a better choice for larger beds, borders and planters where a stronger decorative effect is wanted.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor smaller containers, narrow borders or more detailed areas, the \u003cstrong\u003e10–30 mm size\u003c\/strong\u003e will usually be easier to use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA landscaping membrane can be installed underneath outdoor areas to keep the pebbles separate from the soil and make maintenance easier.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eColour and Polished Finish\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBlack Polished Pebbles contain a natural mix of \u003cstrong\u003eblack, charcoal and dark grey tones\u003c\/strong\u003e. Some stones may be slightly lighter or darker than others.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe polished surface gives them a smoother appearance and helps bring out the darker colouring. The pebbles can appear deeper and richer when wet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eNatural Stone Variations\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBlack Polished Pebbles are a \u003cstrong\u003enatural product\u003c\/strong\u003e, so differences in colour, shape, markings and texture should be expected.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe stated \u003cstrong\u003e30–50 mm grading is approximate\u003c\/strong\u003e, and some stones may fall slightly outside this range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eProduct photographs are intended to represent the material as accurately as possible, although natural batch variation, lighting and screen settings can affect how the colour appears.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and Maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eLeaves, soil and loose garden debris can normally be removed with a brush, garden blower or gentle rinse with water.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTo help maintain the polished appearance, the stones can be cleaned occasionally and a suitable \u003cstrong\u003enatural stone sealer\u003c\/strong\u003e may be used if required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTransport and Delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe deliver decorative stone throughout the UK, with quantities available for smaller garden projects as well as larger landscaping work.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLarger orders may be supplied on pallets. A \u003cstrong\u003efirm, level surface\u003c\/strong\u003e such as concrete, paving or asphalt is required for unloading with a pallet truck.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor larger quantities or landscaping projects beyond the options available online, please contact us for a quotation.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HeavyStones","offers":[{"title":"1kg","offer_id":53216664125706,"sku":null,"price":9.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"10kg","offer_id":53216664158474,"sku":null,"price":29.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"20kg","offer_id":53216664191242,"sku":null,"price":42.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0953\/2299\/7002\/files\/black-polished-pebbles-30-50mm.webp?v=1781562175"},{"product_id":"black-polished-pebbles-50-80mm","title":"Black Polished Pebbles 50-80mm – Decorative Garden Stones","description":"\u003ch2\u003eBlack Polished Pebbles 50–80mm – Decorative Garden Stones\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBlack Polished Pebbles \u003cstrong\u003e50–80 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e are large, smooth natural stones with deep black and charcoal tones. Their rounded shape and polished surface give them a clean, substantial appearance that works well in more prominent garden features.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e50–80 mm size\u003c\/strong\u003e is the largest option in the Black Polished Pebbles range. It is best suited to feature landscaping, large planters, established planting and areas where the individual stones are intended to remain clearly visible.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProperties and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Natural decorative stone\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50–80 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black and dark charcoal\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rounded and smooth\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polished surface\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAppearance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Large decorative pebbles with natural colour variation\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDurability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for long-term outdoor landscaping\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaintenance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy to clean and maintain\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e50–80 mm grading\u003c\/strong\u003e is better suited to feature areas than general ground coverage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLarge Flower Beds:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable around established shrubs, grasses and larger plants.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeature Borders:\u003c\/strong\u003e Creates a strong decorative edge alongside lawns, paving and planted areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAround Trees \u0026amp; Shrubs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Works well around mature planting where smaller stones may look too fine.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLarge Planters:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable as a decorative top layer in substantial outdoor pots and landscape planters.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRock Gardens:\u003c\/strong\u003e Can be combined with boulders, architectural plants and other larger decorative stones.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable around ornaments, sculptures, stepping stones and focal areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDecorative Landscaping:\u003c\/strong\u003e A good choice where the black stone itself is intended to stand out as part of the design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eUsing 50–80 mm Black Polished Pebbles\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e50–80 mm size\u003c\/strong\u003e gives the boldest finish in the Black Polished Pebbles range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCompared with the smaller \u003cstrong\u003e10–30 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003e30–50 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e sizes, these stones cover less area individually but create a much more noticeable decorative effect. They are better suited to larger beds, feature borders and substantial planters than small containers or narrow spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor general garden coverage, the smaller Black Polished Pebble sizes will usually be more practical.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA landscaping membrane can be installed underneath outdoor areas to keep the pebbles separate from the soil and make maintenance easier.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eColour and Polished Finish\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBlack Polished Pebbles contain a natural mix of \u003cstrong\u003eblack, charcoal and dark grey tones\u003c\/strong\u003e. Individual stones may show lighter markings or subtle differences in shade.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe polished surface gives the stones a smoother appearance and helps bring out their darker colouring. When wet, the pebbles usually appear deeper and richer in tone.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eNatural Stone Variations\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBlack Polished Pebbles are a \u003cstrong\u003enatural product\u003c\/strong\u003e, so differences in colour, shape, markings and texture should be expected.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe stated \u003cstrong\u003e50–80 mm grading is approximate\u003c\/strong\u003e, and some stones may fall slightly outside this range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eProduct photographs are intended to represent the material as accurately as possible, although natural batch variation, lighting and screen settings can affect how the colour appears.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and Maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eLeaves, soil and loose garden debris can normally be removed with a brush, garden blower or gentle rinse with water.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTo help maintain the polished appearance, the stones can be cleaned occasionally and a suitable \u003cstrong\u003enatural stone sealer\u003c\/strong\u003e may be used if required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTransport and Delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe deliver decorative stone throughout the UK, with quantities available for smaller feature projects as well as larger landscaping work.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLarger orders may be supplied on pallets. A \u003cstrong\u003efirm, level surface\u003c\/strong\u003e such as concrete, paving or asphalt is required for unloading with a pallet truck.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor larger quantities or landscaping projects beyond the options available online, please contact us for a quotation.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HeavyStones","offers":[{"title":"1kg","offer_id":53216664256778,"sku":null,"price":9.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"10kg","offer_id":53216664289546,"sku":null,"price":29.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"20kg","offer_id":53216664322314,"sku":null,"price":42.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0953\/2299\/7002\/files\/black-polished-pebbles-50-80mm.webp?v=1781562177"},{"product_id":"high-gloss-black-pebbles-50-80mm","title":"High Gloss Black Pebbles 50-80mm – Premium Decorative Stones","description":"\u003ch2 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eHigh Gloss Black Pebbles – Premium Decorative Stones\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSize 50–80mm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Gloss Black Pebbles\u003c\/strong\u003e in the 50–80mm size are substantial decorative stones designed for bold garden and architectural features. Their smooth, rounded form, deep black colouring and polished surface create a striking finish in large borders, water features, rockeries and commercial landscaping. The larger size makes each stone clearly visible and produces a strong, structured appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProperties and Benefits of High Gloss Black Pebbles:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Deep polished black with natural tonal variation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 50–80mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Large, smooth and rounded\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-gloss surface that reflects light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuality:\u003c\/strong\u003e Carefully selected stones with no sharp edges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStrong Visual Presence:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for statement landscaping features\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for gardens, commercial areas and interior displays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe large 50–80mm fraction is best suited to areas where the stones are intended to become a visible feature rather than a simple surface covering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWater Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e An excellent choice for ponds, fountains, waterfalls and decorative streams.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge Garden Borders:\u003c\/strong\u003e Creates a bold contrast around established shrubs and architectural plants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRockeries:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for combining with larger rocks, plants, bark and gravel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGabion Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e Can be used in gabion baskets with an appropriately sized mesh opening.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eArchitectural Landscaping:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for modern gardens, courtyards and statement displays.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCommercial Interiors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for large planters, reception areas, hotels and showroom displays.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeature Areas:\u003c\/strong\u003e Can be arranged individually around sculptures, signs and entrance areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCoverage – 50–80mm:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDue to the larger stone size, we recommend laying the pebbles at a depth of approximately \u003cstrong\u003e6–8cm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e20kg covers approximately 0.18–0.22m²\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e100kg covers approximately 0.9–1.1m²\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e500kg covers approximately 4.5–5.5m²\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1,000kg covers approximately 9–11m²\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCoverage may vary depending on the installation depth, surface condition and arrangement of the individual stones.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTransport and Delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrders placed \u003cstrong\u003eMonday to Friday before 1:30pm\u003c\/strong\u003e are dispatched the same day and delivered using a free next-working-day service across most UK locations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrders weighing up to 200kg are normally delivered by \u003cstrong\u003eDX\u003c\/strong\u003e in boxes. Larger orders above 200kg are delivered on a pallet through \u003cstrong\u003eTPN – The Pallet Network\u003c\/strong\u003e. Pallet deliveries are made to a firm and level kerbside location that is accessible with a pallet truck.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePackaging:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1kg supplied as a small sample pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10kg supplied in protective parcel packaging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e20kg supplied in a strong, manageable bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrders up to 200kg are packed into multiple boxes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrders above 200kg are securely packed and delivered on a pallet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll shipments are wrapped and secured to keep the stones protected during transit.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HeavyStones","offers":[{"title":"1kg","offer_id":53216664387850,"sku":null,"price":9.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"10kg","offer_id":53216664420618,"sku":null,"price":29.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"20kg","offer_id":53216664453386,"sku":null,"price":44.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0953\/2299\/7002\/files\/high-gloss-black-pebbles-50-80mm.webp?v=1781562178"},{"product_id":"high-gloss-black-pebbles-30-50mm-premium-decorative-stones","title":"High Gloss Black Pebbles 30-50mm – Premium Decorative Stones","description":"\u003ch2 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eHigh Gloss Black Pebbles – Premium Decorative Stones\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSize 30–50mm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Gloss Black Pebbles\u003c\/strong\u003e in the 30–50mm size combine a smooth, rounded shape with a rich black colour and polished reflective surface. This medium-sized fraction creates a more prominent decorative finish while remaining practical for borders, planters and landscaped garden areas. The stones provide strong contrast against paving, timber, greenery and lighter decorative aggregates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProperties and Benefits of High Gloss Black Pebbles:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rich black with a high-gloss finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 30–50mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Smooth, rounded and comfortable to handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polished surface with a distinctive reflective appearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuality:\u003c\/strong\u003e Selected decorative stones without sharp edges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVisual Impact:\u003c\/strong\u003e Larger stones create a more noticeable landscaped feature\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for long-term indoor and outdoor use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 30–50mm size is an excellent general-purpose decorative pebble for medium and large landscaping areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Borders:\u003c\/strong\u003e Creates a defined, modern finish around planting areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRockeries:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adds dark contrast between plants, boulders and lighter stone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWater Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for ponds, fountains, streams and decorative water bowls.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanters:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for large pots, troughs and commercial planting displays.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePatio Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e Can be used between paving sections or around seating areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGabion Decoration:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for small decorative gabions where the mesh opening is appropriate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCommercial Landscaping:\u003c\/strong\u003e Works well around offices, hotels, restaurants and retail spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCoverage – 30–50mm:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the most consistent finish, we recommend laying the pebbles at a depth of approximately \u003cstrong\u003e5cm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e20kg covers approximately 0.25m²\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e100kg covers approximately 1.25m²\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e500kg covers approximately 6–7m²\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1,000kg covers approximately 12–14m²\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCoverage may vary depending on the installation depth, surface condition and natural variation in stone size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTransport and Delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrders placed \u003cstrong\u003eMonday to Friday before 1:30pm\u003c\/strong\u003e are dispatched the same day and delivered using a free next-working-day service across most UK locations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrders weighing up to 200kg are normally delivered by \u003cstrong\u003eDX\u003c\/strong\u003e in boxes. Larger orders above 200kg are delivered on a pallet through \u003cstrong\u003eTPN – The Pallet Network\u003c\/strong\u003e. Pallet deliveries are made to a firm and level kerbside location that is accessible with a pallet truck.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePackaging:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1kg supplied as a small sample pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10kg supplied in protective parcel packaging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e20kg supplied in a strong, manageable bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrders up to 200kg are packed into multiple boxes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrders above 200kg are securely packed and delivered on a pallet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll shipments are carefully secured and protected during transport.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HeavyStones","offers":[{"title":"1kg","offer_id":53216664486154,"sku":null,"price":9.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"10kg","offer_id":53216664518922,"sku":null,"price":29.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"20kg","offer_id":53216664551690,"sku":null,"price":44.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0953\/2299\/7002\/files\/high-gloss-black-pebbles-30-50mm.webp?v=1781562179"},{"product_id":"polar-white-pebbles-10-30mm","title":"Polar White Pebbles 10-30mm – Premium Decorative Stones","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePolar White Pebbles 10–30mm – Premium Decorative Stones\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003ePolar White Pebbles \u003cstrong\u003e10–30 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e are smooth natural decorative stones with a bright white colour and a clean, simple appearance. Their rounded shape gives them a softer look than angular gravel, making them a popular choice for both planted areas and more refined decorative spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e10–30 mm size\u003c\/strong\u003e is the smallest in the Polar White pebble range, making it the most suitable option for smaller beds, planters and areas where a neater, more detailed finish is preferred. The stones are still clearly visible once laid, but they sit more closely together than the larger sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProperties and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Natural decorative stone\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10–30 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bright white with subtle natural variation\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rounded and smooth\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSurface:\u003c\/strong\u003e Natural smooth stone finish\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAppearance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clean, bright and neat decorative finish\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDurability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for long-term outdoor landscaping\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaintenance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy to clean and maintain\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e10–30 mm grading\u003c\/strong\u003e is best suited to smaller-scale decorative use and general garden planting areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlower Beds:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable around flowers, smaller shrubs and ornamental grasses.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanters \u0026amp; Pots:\u003c\/strong\u003e A practical size for topping outdoor containers and feature planters.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Borders:\u003c\/strong\u003e Creates a neat decorative edge alongside lawns, paving and planted areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAround Shrubs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gives planted areas a tidy, finished appearance without looking too heavy.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable around ornaments, stepping stones and smaller focal points.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDecorative Landscaping:\u003c\/strong\u003e A good choice where a clean white pebble finish is wanted without using oversized stones.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIndoor Planters:\u003c\/strong\u003e Can also be used as a decorative top layer in larger indoor pots.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eUsing 10–30 mm Polar White Pebbles\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e10–30 mm size\u003c\/strong\u003e is the most practical option for customers who want white pebbles for everyday garden use. Because the stones are smaller, they spread more evenly across beds and containers and are easier to use in tighter spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis size is especially useful where the larger \u003cstrong\u003e30–60 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003e60–100 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e pebbles would look too bold or take over the planting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor outdoor areas, a suitable landscaping membrane can be laid underneath to help keep the pebbles separate from the soil and make maintenance easier.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eColour and Natural Finish\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePolar White Pebbles have a \u003cstrong\u003ebright white to off-white appearance\u003c\/strong\u003e that stands out well against green foliage, darker soil, timber and paving.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSome stones may include slight tonal variation or faint natural markings. As with most natural stone, the colour may appear a little different when wet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eNatural Stone Variations\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePolar White Pebbles are a \u003cstrong\u003enatural product\u003c\/strong\u003e, so differences in colour, shape, markings and exact size should be expected.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe stated \u003cstrong\u003e10–30 mm grading is approximate\u003c\/strong\u003e, and some pebbles may fall slightly outside this range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eProduct photographs are intended to represent the material as accurately as possible, although natural variation, lighting and screen settings can affect how the colour appears.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and Maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhite decorative stone can show leaves, soil and other garden debris more readily than darker materials. Regular removal of loose debris will help keep the surface looking clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe pebbles can be gently rinsed with water when required. Using a landscaping membrane underneath also helps reduce soil contamination over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTransport and Delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe deliver decorative stone throughout the UK, with quantities available for smaller garden projects as well as larger landscaping work.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLarger orders may be supplied on pallets. A \u003cstrong\u003efirm, level surface\u003c\/strong\u003e such as concrete, paving or asphalt is required for unloading with a pallet truck.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor larger quantities or landscaping projects beyond the options available online, please contact us for a quotation.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HeavyStones","offers":[{"title":"1kg","offer_id":53216684048650,"sku":null,"price":9.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"10kg","offer_id":53216684081418,"sku":null,"price":28.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"20kg","offer_id":53216684114186,"sku":null,"price":39.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0953\/2299\/7002\/files\/polar-white-pebbles-10-30mm.webp?v=1781562537"},{"product_id":"polar-white-pebbles-30-60mm","title":"Polar White Pebbles 30-60mm – Premium Decorative Stones","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePolar White Pebbles 30–60mm – Premium Decorative Stones\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003ePolar White Pebbles \u003cstrong\u003e30–60 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e are smooth natural decorative stones with a bright white colour and a clean, elegant appearance. Their rounded shape gives them a softer look than angular gravel, while the larger size makes each pebble more visible once laid.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e30–60 mm size\u003c\/strong\u003e sits in the middle of the Polar White pebble range. It is more substantial than the smaller \u003cstrong\u003e10–30 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e pebbles, but still practical for general garden use. This makes it a good choice for flower beds, borders, planters and areas around shrubs where a more noticeable pebble finish is wanted without moving into oversized cobbles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProperties and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Natural decorative stone\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30–60 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bright white with subtle natural variation\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rounded and smooth\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSurface:\u003c\/strong\u003e Natural smooth stone finish\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAppearance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clean, bright and more visible decorative finish\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDurability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for long-term outdoor landscaping\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaintenance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy to clean and maintain\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e30–60 mm grading\u003c\/strong\u003e is a versatile option for general landscaping and decorative garden use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlower Beds:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable around flowers, shrubs and ornamental grasses.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Borders:\u003c\/strong\u003e Creates a clear decorative edge alongside lawns, paving and planted areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanters \u0026amp; Pots:\u003c\/strong\u003e Works well as a top layer in medium and large outdoor planters.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAround Shrubs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gives established planting areas a neat and more defined finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable around ornaments, stepping stones and focal planting areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDecorative Landscaping:\u003c\/strong\u003e A good choice where the pebbles need to remain clearly visible as part of the finished design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIndoor Planters:\u003c\/strong\u003e Can also be used as a decorative top layer in larger indoor pots and containers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eUsing 30–60 mm Polar White Pebbles\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e30–60 mm size\u003c\/strong\u003e is the middle option in the Polar White pebble range and offers a balance between coverage and visual impact.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is larger and more noticeable than the \u003cstrong\u003e10–30 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e size, making it better suited to areas where the pebbles should stand out more clearly. At the same time, it is still easier to use in general beds, borders and planters than the larger \u003cstrong\u003e60–100 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e pebbles, which are more suited to feature landscaping and bold decorative use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor outdoor areas, a suitable landscaping membrane can be laid underneath to help keep the pebbles separate from the soil and make maintenance easier.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eColour and Natural Finish\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePolar White Pebbles have a \u003cstrong\u003ebright white to off-white appearance\u003c\/strong\u003e that contrasts well with green foliage, darker soil, timber and paving.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSome stones may contain faint natural markings or slight tonal differences. The pebbles may also appear a little different when wet, with the white colour becoming slightly deeper.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eNatural Stone Variations\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePolar White Pebbles are a \u003cstrong\u003enatural product\u003c\/strong\u003e, so differences in colour, shape, markings and exact size should be expected.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe stated \u003cstrong\u003e30–60 mm grading is approximate\u003c\/strong\u003e, and some pebbles may fall slightly outside this range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eProduct photographs are intended to represent the material as accurately as possible, although natural variation, lighting and screen settings can affect how the colour appears.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and Maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhite decorative stone can show leaves, soil and other garden debris more easily than darker materials. Regular removal of loose debris will help keep the surface looking clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe pebbles can be gently rinsed with water when required. Using a landscaping membrane underneath also helps reduce soil contamination over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTransport and Delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe deliver decorative stone throughout the UK, with quantities available for smaller garden projects as well as larger landscaping work.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLarger orders may be supplied on pallets. A \u003cstrong\u003efirm, level surface\u003c\/strong\u003e such as concrete, paving or asphalt is required for unloading with a pallet truck.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor larger quantities or landscaping projects beyond the options available online, please contact us for a quotation.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HeavyStones","offers":[{"title":"1kg","offer_id":53216684278026,"sku":null,"price":9.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"10kg","offer_id":53216684310794,"sku":null,"price":28.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"20kg","offer_id":53216684343562,"sku":null,"price":39.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0953\/2299\/7002\/files\/polar-white-pebbles-30-60mm.webp?v=1781562539"},{"product_id":"polar-white-pebbles-60-100mm-premium-decorative-stones","title":"Polar White Pebbles 60-100mm – Premium Decorative Stones","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePolar White Pebbles 60–100mm – Premium Decorative Cobbles\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003ePolar White Pebbles \u003cstrong\u003e60–100 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e are large, smooth natural decorative stones with a bright white to off-white colour. Their rounded shape and substantial size make them better suited to feature landscaping than general ground coverage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e60–100 mm size\u003c\/strong\u003e is the largest option in the Polar White pebble range and falls into a cobble-style grading. Individual stones remain clearly visible once installed, making them a strong choice for feature borders, rock gardens, water features, large planters and areas around established shrubs or specimen plants.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProperties and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Natural decorative stone\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60–100 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bright white with subtle natural variation\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rounded and smooth\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSurface:\u003c\/strong\u003e Natural smooth stone finish\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAppearance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Large decorative cobbles with a clean white finish\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDurability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for long-term outdoor landscaping\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaintenance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy to clean and maintain\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e60–100 mm cobble size\u003c\/strong\u003e is intended for more prominent decorative areas where the individual stones form part of the finished design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeature Borders:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for creating bold decorative edges around larger planted areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAround Trees \u0026amp; Shrubs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Works well around mature shrubs, specimen plants and small trees.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLarge Planters:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal as a top layer in substantial outdoor planters and feature pots.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRock Gardens:\u003c\/strong\u003e Can be combined with boulders, ornamental grasses and architectural planting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWater Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable around ponds, fountains and other decorative water areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e Useful around ornaments, sculptures and focal landscaping elements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDecorative Landscaping:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best for areas where a larger white stone is wanted rather than a fine gravel or small-pebble finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eUsing 60–100 mm Polar White Cobbles\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e60–100 mm size\u003c\/strong\u003e is considerably larger than the \u003cstrong\u003e10–30 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003e30–60 mm Polar White Pebbles\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eRather than being spread as a fine, continuous surface, these larger cobbles are better used as visible landscaping elements. Their size makes them suitable for creating defined feature areas, filling spaces around large plants or combining with other stone sizes in layered garden designs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor general flower beds, smaller planters or areas requiring more even coverage, the \u003cstrong\u003e10–30 mm or 30–60 mm sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e will usually be more practical.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA suitable landscaping membrane can be installed underneath outdoor areas to keep the cobbles separate from the soil and simplify maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eColour and Natural Finish\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePolar White Cobbles have a \u003cstrong\u003ebright white to off-white colour\u003c\/strong\u003e that stands out against green planting, dark foliage, timber and paving.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause the stones are larger, natural markings and small differences in tone are more noticeable than with smaller gravel. Their appearance may also change slightly when wet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eNatural Stone Variations\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePolar White Cobbles are a \u003cstrong\u003enatural product\u003c\/strong\u003e, so differences in colour, shape, markings and exact dimensions should be expected.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe stated \u003cstrong\u003e60–100 mm grading is approximate\u003c\/strong\u003e, and some individual stones may fall slightly outside this range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eProduct photographs are intended to represent the material as accurately as possible, although natural batch variation, lighting and screen settings can affect how the colour appears.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and Maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eLeaves, soil and loose garden debris can normally be removed using a brush, garden blower or gentle rinse with water.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAs white stone can show dirt more readily than darker materials, occasional cleaning will help maintain its brighter appearance. A landscaping membrane underneath also helps prevent soil from working its way between the cobbles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTransport and Delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe deliver decorative stone throughout the UK, with quantities available for smaller feature projects as well as larger landscaping work.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLarger orders may be supplied on pallets. A \u003cstrong\u003efirm, level surface\u003c\/strong\u003e such as concrete, paving or asphalt is required for unloading with a pallet truck.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor larger quantities or landscaping projects beyond the options available online, please contact us for a quotation.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HeavyStones","offers":[{"title":"1kg","offer_id":53216684409098,"sku":null,"price":9.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"10kg","offer_id":53216684441866,"sku":null,"price":28.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"20kg","offer_id":53216684474634,"sku":null,"price":39.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0953\/2299\/7002\/files\/polar-white-pebbles-60-100mm.webp?v=1781562540"},{"product_id":"high-gloss-yellow-pebbles-30-50mm","title":"High Gloss Yellow Pebbles 30-50mm – Premium Decorative Stones","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHigh Gloss Yellow Pebbles 30–50mm – Premium Decorative Stones\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eHigh Gloss Yellow Pebbles \u003cstrong\u003e30–50 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e are smooth decorative stones with warm yellow, honey and golden-brown tones. The polished surface brings out the natural colour variation and markings within each pebble, giving the stone a richer appearance than an unpolished finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e30–50 mm size\u003c\/strong\u003e works well in flower beds, borders, planters and around established shrubs. Individual stones remain clearly visible once laid, so the colour and rounded shape become part of the finished garden design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProperties and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Natural decorative stone\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30–50 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yellow, honey, golden and warm brown tones\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rounded and smooth\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polished, high-gloss surface\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAppearance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warm natural colouring with variation between stones\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDurability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for long-term outdoor landscaping\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaintenance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy to clean and maintain\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe warm colour makes these pebbles a useful choice for planting areas where a softer alternative to white, grey or black stone is preferred.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlower Beds:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable around flowers, shrubs and ornamental grasses.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Borders:\u003c\/strong\u003e Creates a decorative edge alongside lawns, paving and planting areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanters \u0026amp; Pots:\u003c\/strong\u003e Works well as a top layer in medium and large outdoor planters.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAround Trees \u0026amp; Shrubs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gives established planting areas a neat finished surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable around ornaments, feature plants and decorative landscaping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePaving \u0026amp; Edging:\u003c\/strong\u003e Can be used alongside patios, paths, paving slabs and garden edging.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIndoor Planters:\u003c\/strong\u003e Also suitable for decorative use in larger indoor pots and containers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eUsing 30–50 mm High Gloss Yellow Pebbles\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e30–50 mm grading\u003c\/strong\u003e gives a more substantial appearance than smaller decorative gravel. Each pebble remains easy to see once installed, allowing the rounded shape, colour and polished finish to stand out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis size is best suited to beds, borders, larger planters and decorative feature areas rather than surfaces where a fine gravel finish is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor outdoor installations, a suitable landscaping membrane can be laid underneath to keep the pebbles separate from the soil and make maintenance easier.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eColour and High-Gloss Finish\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eHigh Gloss Yellow Pebbles contain a natural mixture of \u003cstrong\u003eyellow, honey, golden, ochre and warm brown shades\u003c\/strong\u003e. Some stones may be lighter or darker and can contain natural veins or markings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePolishing smooths the surface and makes these colours more noticeable. The stone may also appear deeper in colour when wet or under different lighting conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eNatural Stone Variations\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eHigh Gloss Yellow Pebbles are a \u003cstrong\u003enatural product\u003c\/strong\u003e, so differences in colour, shape, markings and texture should be expected.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe stated \u003cstrong\u003e30–50 mm grading is approximate\u003c\/strong\u003e, and a small proportion of stones may fall slightly outside this range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eProduct photographs are intended to represent the material as accurately as possible, although natural batch variation, lighting and screen settings can affect how the colour appears.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and Maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eLeaves, soil and other loose garden debris can normally be removed with a brush, garden blower or gentle rinse with water.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTo help maintain the polished appearance over time, a suitable \u003cstrong\u003enatural stone sealer\u003c\/strong\u003e may also be applied if required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTransport and Delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe deliver decorative stone throughout the UK, with quantities available for smaller garden projects as well as larger landscaping work.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLarger orders may be supplied on pallets. A \u003cstrong\u003efirm, level surface\u003c\/strong\u003e such as concrete, paving or asphalt is required for unloading with a pallet truck.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor larger quantities or landscaping projects beyond the options available online, please contact us for a quotation.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HeavyStones","offers":[{"title":"1kg","offer_id":53216694599946,"sku":null,"price":9.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"10kg","offer_id":53216694632714,"sku":null,"price":29.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"20kg","offer_id":53216694665482,"sku":null,"price":44.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0953\/2299\/7002\/files\/high-gloss-yellow-pebbles-30-50mm.webp?v=1781562975"},{"product_id":"multicolour-japanese-pebbles-60-120mm-premium-decorative-stones","title":"Multicolour Japanese Pebbles 60-120mm – Premium Decorative Stones","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMulticolour Japanese Pebbles 60–120mm – Premium Decorative Stones\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMulticolour Japanese Pebbles \u003cstrong\u003e60–120 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e are large natural decorative cobbles with a smooth rounded shape and a soft mix of beige, cream, light grey and warm stone tones. Their larger size gives them a more architectural look, making them suitable for statement landscaping rather than fine ground cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e60–120 mm size\u003c\/strong\u003e is best used in feature areas where the individual pebbles are meant to remain clearly visible. They work particularly well around larger shrubs, ornamental grasses, water features, specimen plants and in decorative borders where a more substantial stone is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProperties and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Natural decorative stone\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60–120 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mixed beige, cream, pale grey and warm natural tones\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rounded and smooth\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSurface:\u003c\/strong\u003e Naturally worn, smooth stone finish\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAppearance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Large decorative cobbles with natural variation\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDurability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for long-term outdoor landscaping\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaintenance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy to clean and maintain\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e60–120 mm size\u003c\/strong\u003e is better suited to feature landscaping than smaller pebble sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJapanese Gardens:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for creating calm, natural-looking Japanese-style gardens, including areas around stepping stones, ornamental plants, rocks, water features and other traditional garden features.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeature Borders:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for bold decorative edging around larger planted areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAround Trees \u0026amp; Shrubs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Works well around established shrubs, small trees and specimen planting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLarge Planters:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for substantial outdoor pots and feature containers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWater Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e A good choice around fountains, ponds and other decorative water areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRock Gardens:\u003c\/strong\u003e Works well with larger stones, boulders and structured planting schemes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable around ornaments, statues and focal landscaping elements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDecorative Landscaping:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used in areas where larger stones will enhance the overall design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eUsing 60–120 mm Multicolour Japanese Pebbles\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e60–120 mm grading\u003c\/strong\u003e is the larger option and gives a much bolder finish than smaller Japanese pebble sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause the stones are much larger, they are not intended to create a fine gravel-like surface. Instead, they are better for \u003cstrong\u003efeature use\u003c\/strong\u003e, where each pebble remains visible and contributes to the design individually. If you need a size for more general coverage in beds, borders or planters, a smaller size such as \u003cstrong\u003e30–60 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e would usually be more practical.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor outdoor use, a suitable landscaping membrane can be laid underneath to help keep the stones separate from the soil and make maintenance easier.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eColour and Natural Finish\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese pebbles have a natural mix of \u003cstrong\u003ecream, beige, pale grey and warm neutral tones\u003c\/strong\u003e. Some stones may contain subtle markings, faint veining or differences in tone.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTheir smooth rounded finish gives them a softer appearance than angular stone, making them suitable for both modern and more natural garden styles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eNatural Stone Variations\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMulticolour Japanese Pebbles are a \u003cstrong\u003enatural product\u003c\/strong\u003e, so differences in colour, shape, markings and exact size are normal.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe stated \u003cstrong\u003e60–120 mm grading is approximate\u003c\/strong\u003e, and some pebbles may fall slightly outside this range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eProduct photographs are intended to represent the material as accurately as possible, although natural variation, lighting and screen settings may affect how the colours appear.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and Maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eLoose leaves, dirt and other garden debris can usually be removed with a brush, blower or gentle rinse with water.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eUsing a landscaping membrane underneath the pebbles can help keep the area cleaner and reduce soil contamination over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTransport and Delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe deliver decorative stone throughout the UK, with quantities available for both smaller garden projects and larger landscaping work.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLarger orders may be supplied on pallets. A \u003cstrong\u003efirm, level surface\u003c\/strong\u003e such as concrete, paving or asphalt is required for unloading with a pallet truck.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor larger quantities or landscaping projects beyond the options available online, please contact us for a quotation.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HeavyStones","offers":[{"title":"1kg","offer_id":53216694698250,"sku":null,"price":9.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"10kg","offer_id":53216694731018,"sku":null,"price":28.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"20kg","offer_id":53216694763786,"sku":null,"price":39.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0953\/2299\/7002\/files\/japanese-multicolour-pebbles-60-120mm.png?v=1781562972"},{"product_id":"porto-pebbles-30-60mm-premium-decorative-stones","title":"Round Porto Pebbles 30-60mm – Premium Decorative Stones","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRound Porto Pebbles 30–60mm – Premium Decorative Stones\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eRound Porto Pebbles \u003cstrong\u003e30–60 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e are smooth natural decorative stones with soft beige, taupe and light chestnut tones. Their rounded shape and muted colouring give them a simple, natural look that works well alongside planting, paving and timber.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e30–60 mm size\u003c\/strong\u003e is the smaller of the two Round Porto options and is better suited to general garden use. It works well in flower beds, borders, planters and around shrubs, where the stones remain visible without becoming too dominant.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProperties and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Natural decorative stone\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30–60 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beige, taupe and light chestnut tones\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Naturally rounded and smooth\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSurface:\u003c\/strong\u003e Soft, matt natural finish\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAppearance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Neutral colouring with subtle variation between stones\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDurability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for long-term outdoor landscaping\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaintenance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy to clean and maintain\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e30–60 mm grading\u003c\/strong\u003e is a practical size for everyday garden landscaping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlower Beds:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable around flowers, shrubs and ornamental grasses.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Borders:\u003c\/strong\u003e Creates a soft decorative edge alongside lawns, paving and planted areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanters \u0026amp; Pots:\u003c\/strong\u003e Works well as a top layer in medium and large outdoor planters.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAround Shrubs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gives established planting areas a tidy finished surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable around stepping stones, ornaments and smaller focal areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRock Gardens:\u003c\/strong\u003e Works well with feature stones and natural planting schemes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDecorative Landscaping:\u003c\/strong\u003e A good choice where rounded stones are preferred over angular gravel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eUsing 30–60 mm Round Porto Pebbles\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e30–60 mm size\u003c\/strong\u003e is better suited to covering larger garden areas than the bigger 80–130 mm Round Porto cobbles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause the stones are smaller, they can be spread more evenly across beds, borders and planters while still retaining the rounded appearance of individual pebbles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor feature areas where each stone is intended to stand out more strongly, the larger \u003cstrong\u003e80–130 mm size\u003c\/strong\u003e may be the better option.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA suitable landscaping membrane can be installed underneath outdoor areas to help keep the pebbles separate from the soil and make maintenance easier.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eColour and Natural Finish\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRound Porto Pebbles have a soft mix of \u003cstrong\u003ebeige, sandy, taupe and light chestnut shades\u003c\/strong\u003e. Some stones may be slightly lighter or darker, with subtle natural markings across the surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTheir neutral colouring works well with green foliage, ornamental grasses, timber, paving and other natural landscaping materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eNatural Stone Variations\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRound Porto Pebbles are a \u003cstrong\u003enatural product\u003c\/strong\u003e, so differences in colour, shape, markings and exact size should be expected.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe stated \u003cstrong\u003e30–60 mm grading is approximate\u003c\/strong\u003e, and some stones may fall slightly outside this range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eProduct photographs are intended to represent the material as accurately as possible, although natural variation, lighting and screen settings can affect how the colours appear.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and Maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eLeaves, soil and loose garden debris can normally be removed with a brush, garden blower or gentle rinse with water.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eUsing a landscaping membrane underneath the pebbles can help reduce soil contamination and keep the finished area easier to maintain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTransport and Delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe deliver decorative stone throughout the UK, with quantities available for smaller garden projects as well as larger landscaping work.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLarger orders may be supplied on pallets. A \u003cstrong\u003efirm, level surface\u003c\/strong\u003e such as concrete, paving or asphalt is required for unloading with a pallet truck.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor larger quantities or landscaping projects beyond the options available online, please contact us for a quotation.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HeavyStones","offers":[{"title":"1kg","offer_id":53216694796554,"sku":null,"price":9.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"10kg","offer_id":53216694829322,"sku":null,"price":28.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"20kg","offer_id":53216694862090,"sku":null,"price":39.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0953\/2299\/7002\/files\/small-round-porto-pebbles-30-60mm.png?v=1781562973"},{"product_id":"round-porto-pebbles-80-130mm-premium-decorative-stones","title":"Round Porto Pebbles 80-130mm – Premium Decorative Stones","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRound Porto Pebbles 80–130mm – Premium Decorative Stones\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eRound Porto Pebbles \u003cstrong\u003e80–130 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e are large natural decorative cobbles with soft beige, taupe and light chestnut tones. Their smooth rounded shape and neutral colouring give them a calm, natural appearance that works well in both modern and traditional garden designs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e80–130 mm size\u003c\/strong\u003e is the larger of the two Round Porto options and is best used in feature areas where the stones are intended to remain clearly visible. They work particularly well around specimen plants, larger shrubs, water features and in bold decorative borders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProperties and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Natural decorative stone\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80–130 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beige, taupe and light chestnut tones\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Naturally rounded and smooth\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSurface:\u003c\/strong\u003e Soft, matt natural finish\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAppearance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Large cobbles with subtle colour variation\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDurability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for long-term outdoor landscaping\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaintenance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy to clean and maintain\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e80–130 mm grading\u003c\/strong\u003e is best suited to feature landscaping rather than general ground cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeature Borders:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for larger decorative edging around planted areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAround Trees \u0026amp; Shrubs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Works well around established shrubs, small trees and specimen planting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLarge Planters:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for substantial outdoor pots and feature containers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWater Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e A good choice around ponds, fountains and other decorative water elements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRock Gardens:\u003c\/strong\u003e Works well with boulders, feature stones and structured planting schemes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable around ornaments, statues and focal landscaping elements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDecorative Landscaping:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used where larger rounded stones are intended to stand out as part of the design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eUsing 80–130 mm Round Porto Pebbles\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e80–130 mm size\u003c\/strong\u003e gives a bolder finish than the smaller \u003cstrong\u003e30–60 mm Round Porto Pebbles\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause the stones are much larger, they are less suited to everyday coverage in small beds or narrow borders. Instead, they are better for \u003cstrong\u003efeature use\u003c\/strong\u003e, where each cobble remains visible and adds more structure to the finished area. For more general use in borders, planters and standard planting areas, the \u003cstrong\u003e30–60 mm size\u003c\/strong\u003e is usually the more practical option.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA suitable landscaping membrane can be installed underneath outdoor areas to help keep the stones separate from the soil and make maintenance easier.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eColour and Natural Finish\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRound Porto Pebbles have a natural blend of \u003cstrong\u003ebeige, sandy, taupe and light chestnut shades\u003c\/strong\u003e. Some stones may be lighter or darker, with soft natural markings across the surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTheir smooth rounded finish gives them a softer look than angular gravel, making them a good match for planting, timber, paving and other natural landscaping materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eNatural Stone Variations\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRound Porto Pebbles are a \u003cstrong\u003enatural product\u003c\/strong\u003e, so differences in colour, shape, markings and exact size should be expected.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe stated \u003cstrong\u003e80–130 mm grading is approximate\u003c\/strong\u003e, and some stones may fall slightly outside this range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eProduct photographs are intended to represent the material as accurately as possible, although natural variation, lighting and screen settings can affect how the colours appear.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and Maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eLeaves, soil and other loose garden debris can usually be removed with a brush, blower or gentle rinse with water.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eUsing a landscaping membrane underneath the pebbles can help reduce soil contamination and keep the finished area easier to maintain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTransport and Delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe deliver decorative stone throughout the UK, with quantities available for smaller garden projects as well as larger landscaping work.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLarger orders may be supplied on pallets. A \u003cstrong\u003efirm, level surface\u003c\/strong\u003e such as concrete, paving or asphalt is required for unloading with a pallet truck.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor larger quantities or landscaping projects beyond the options available online, please contact us for a quotation.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HeavyStones","offers":[{"title":"1kg","offer_id":53216694927626,"sku":null,"price":9.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"10kg","offer_id":53216694960394,"sku":null,"price":28.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"20kg","offer_id":53216694993162,"sku":null,"price":39.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0953\/2299\/7002\/files\/round-porto-pebbles-80-130mm_46718fc0-3a90-49ef-920c-79ef8de3ed9f.png?v=1781562976"},{"product_id":"multicolour-japanese-pebbles-30-60mm-premium-decorative-stones","title":"Multicolour Japanese Pebbles 30-60mm – Premium Decorative Stones","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMulticolour Japanese Pebbles 30–60mm – Premium Decorative Stones\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMulticolour Japanese Pebbles \u003cstrong\u003e30–60 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e are smooth natural decorative stones with a soft mix of beige, cream, pale grey and warm neutral tones. Their rounded shape gives them a softer appearance than angular gravel, while the mixed colouring keeps the finished area looking natural.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e30–60 mm size\u003c\/strong\u003e is more practical for general garden use than the larger 60–120 mm cobbles. It works well in flower beds, borders, planters and around shrubs, where the stones remain visible without dominating the planting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProperties and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Natural decorative stone\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30–60 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mixed beige, cream, pale grey and warm natural tones\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rounded and smooth\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSurface:\u003c\/strong\u003e Naturally worn stone finish\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAppearance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Soft multicolour finish with natural variation\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDurability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for long-term outdoor landscaping\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaintenance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy to clean and maintain\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e30–60 mm grading\u003c\/strong\u003e is a versatile size for everyday garden landscaping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlower Beds:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable around flowers, shrubs and ornamental grasses.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJapanese Gardens:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for creating calm, natural-looking Japanese-style gardens, including areas around stepping stones, ornamental plants, rocks, water features and other traditional garden features.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Borders:\u003c\/strong\u003e Creates a natural decorative edge alongside lawns, paving and planted areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanters \u0026amp; Pots:\u003c\/strong\u003e Works well as a top layer in medium and large outdoor planters.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAround Shrubs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gives established planting areas a tidy decorative finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable around ornaments, stepping stones and smaller focal areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRock Gardens:\u003c\/strong\u003e Works well with boulders, feature stones and architectural planting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDecorative Landscaping:\u003c\/strong\u003e A good choice for areas where you want visible pebbles without using very large cobbles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eUsing 30–60 mm Multicolour Japanese Pebbles\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e30–60 mm grading\u003c\/strong\u003e sits between finer decorative gravel and larger 60–120 mm Japanese cobbles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is better suited to general beds, borders and planters because the stones are easier to spread across a wider area. If you want a bolder feature where each stone becomes a stronger part of the design, the \u003cstrong\u003e60–120 mm size\u003c\/strong\u003e is the better option.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor outdoor use, a suitable landscaping membrane can be laid underneath to help keep the pebbles separate from the soil and make maintenance easier.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eColour and Natural Finish\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese pebbles contain a natural mix of \u003cstrong\u003ecream, beige, pale grey and warm stone tones\u003c\/strong\u003e. Individual pieces may include subtle markings, faint veining or slightly different shades.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe rounded surface gives them a softer look than crushed or angular stone and works well with planting, timber, paving and other natural landscaping materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eNatural Stone Variations\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMulticolour Japanese Pebbles are a \u003cstrong\u003enatural product\u003c\/strong\u003e, so differences in colour, shape, markings and exact size should be expected.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe stated \u003cstrong\u003e30–60 mm grading is approximate\u003c\/strong\u003e, and some stones may fall slightly outside this range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eProduct photographs are intended to represent the material as accurately as possible, although natural variation, lighting and screen settings can affect how the colours appear.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and Maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eLeaves, soil and other loose garden debris can normally be removed with a brush, garden blower or gentle rinse with water.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eUsing a landscaping membrane underneath the pebbles can help reduce soil contamination and keep the finished area easier to maintain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTransport and Delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe deliver decorative stone throughout the UK, with quantities available for smaller garden projects as well as larger landscaping work.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLarger orders may be supplied on pallets. A \u003cstrong\u003efirm, level surface\u003c\/strong\u003e such as concrete, paving or asphalt is required for unloading with a pallet truck.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor larger quantities or landscaping projects beyond the options available online, please contact us for a quotation.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HeavyStones","offers":[{"title":"1kg","offer_id":53216695025930,"sku":null,"price":9.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"10kg","offer_id":53216695058698,"sku":null,"price":28.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"20kg","offer_id":53216695091466,"sku":null,"price":39.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0953\/2299\/7002\/files\/japanese-multicolour-pebbles-30-60mm.png?v=1781562977"},{"product_id":"silver-granite-pebbles-15-30mm-premium-decorative-stones","title":"Silver Granite Pebbles 15-30mm – Premium Decorative Stones","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSilver Granite Pebbles 15–30mm – Premium Decorative Stones\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eSilver Granite Pebbles \u003cstrong\u003e15–30 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e are smooth natural granite stones with a light silver-grey colour and darker mineral speckling. Their rounded shape gives them a softer appearance than angular granite gravel while keeping the distinctive look of natural granite.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e15–30 mm size\u003c\/strong\u003e is the smallest in the Silver Granite Pebbles range, making it the best option for smaller flower beds, planters, narrow borders and areas where a finer pebble finish is preferred.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProperties and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Natural granite\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15–30 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver, light grey and darker grey mineral tones\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rounded and smooth\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSurface:\u003c\/strong\u003e Natural granite texture\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAppearance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fine decorative pebbles with visible speckled markings\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDurability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hard-wearing stone suitable for long-term outdoor use\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaintenance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy to clean and maintain\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e15–30 mm grading\u003c\/strong\u003e works well in smaller or more detailed landscaped areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlower Beds:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable around flowers, smaller shrubs and ornamental grasses.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanters \u0026amp; Pots:\u003c\/strong\u003e A practical size for topping outdoor containers and garden planters.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNarrow Borders:\u003c\/strong\u003e Works well in slim planting strips and smaller landscaped sections.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAround Smaller Plants:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gives planting areas a neat finish without looking too heavy.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable around stepping stones, ornaments and smaller focal points.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePaving \u0026amp; Edging:\u003c\/strong\u003e Can be used alongside patios, paths and garden edging.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIndoor Planters:\u003c\/strong\u003e Also suitable as a decorative top layer in larger indoor pots.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eUsing 15–30 mm Silver Granite Pebbles\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e15–30 mm size\u003c\/strong\u003e gives a finer, more even finish than the larger Silver Granite pebble sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause the stones are smaller, they are easier to spread across planters, compact beds and narrow borders. For general garden landscaping, the \u003cstrong\u003e30–60 mm size\u003c\/strong\u003e gives a more noticeable pebble finish, while the \u003cstrong\u003e60–100 mm size\u003c\/strong\u003e is better suited to feature landscaping and larger decorative areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA suitable landscaping membrane can be installed underneath outdoor areas to keep the pebbles separate from the soil and make maintenance easier.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eColour and Natural Finish\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSilver Granite Pebbles contain a natural mixture of \u003cstrong\u003esilver, pale grey, white and darker grey mineral markings\u003c\/strong\u003e. The speckled granite pattern varies between individual stones.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen wet, the granite generally becomes slightly darker and the natural mineral pattern becomes more visible.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eNatural Stone Variations\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSilver Granite Pebbles are a \u003cstrong\u003enatural product\u003c\/strong\u003e, so differences in colour, markings, shape and exact size should be expected.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe stated \u003cstrong\u003e15–30 mm grading is approximate\u003c\/strong\u003e, and some stones may fall slightly outside this range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eProduct photographs are intended to represent the material as accurately as possible, although natural batch variation, lighting and screen settings can affect how the colour appears.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and Maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eLeaves, soil and loose garden debris can normally be removed with a brush, garden blower or gentle rinse with water.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eUsing a landscaping membrane underneath the pebbles can help reduce soil contamination and keep the finished area easier to maintain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTransport and Delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe deliver decorative stone throughout the UK, with quantities available for smaller garden projects as well as larger landscaping work.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLarger orders may be supplied on pallets. A \u003cstrong\u003efirm, level surface\u003c\/strong\u003e such as concrete, paving or asphalt is required for unloading with a pallet truck.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor larger quantities or landscaping projects beyond the options available online, please contact us for a quotation.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HeavyStones","offers":[{"title":"1kg","offer_id":53216698663178,"sku":null,"price":9.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"10kg","offer_id":53216698695946,"sku":null,"price":28.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"20kg","offer_id":53216698728714,"sku":null,"price":39.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0953\/2299\/7002\/files\/grey-granite-pebbles-15-30mm.png?v=1781563295"},{"product_id":"silver-granite-pebbles-30-60mm-premium-decorative-stones","title":"Silver Granite Pebbles 30-60mm – Premium Decorative Stones","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSilver Granite Pebbles 30–60mm – Premium Decorative Stones\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eSilver Granite Pebbles \u003cstrong\u003e30–60 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e are smooth natural granite stones with a light silver-grey colour and darker mineral speckling. Their rounded shape gives them a softer appearance than angular granite gravel while keeping the distinctive texture and markings of natural granite.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e30–60 mm size\u003c\/strong\u003e is the smaller and more versatile option compared with the larger 60–100 mm Silver Granite cobbles. It works well across flower beds, borders, planters and around shrubs, where the stones remain visible without becoming too dominant.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProperties and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Natural granite\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30–60 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver, light grey and darker grey mineral tones\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rounded and smooth\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSurface:\u003c\/strong\u003e Natural granite texture\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAppearance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Light grey pebbles with characteristic speckled markings\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDurability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hard-wearing stone suitable for long-term outdoor use\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaintenance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy to clean and maintain\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e30–60 mm grading\u003c\/strong\u003e is suitable for general garden landscaping and areas where a rounded decorative stone is preferred to standard gravel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlower Beds:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable around flowers, shrubs and ornamental grasses.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Borders:\u003c\/strong\u003e Creates a neat decorative edge alongside lawns, paving and planted areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanters \u0026amp; Pots:\u003c\/strong\u003e Works well as a top layer in medium and large outdoor planters.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAround Shrubs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gives established planting areas a clean finished surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable around stepping stones, ornaments and smaller focal areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRock Gardens:\u003c\/strong\u003e Works well alongside feature stones and architectural planting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePaving \u0026amp; Edging:\u003c\/strong\u003e Can be used alongside patios, paths and other hard landscaping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eUsing 30–60 mm Silver Granite Pebbles\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e30–60 mm size\u003c\/strong\u003e provides a good balance between coverage and visible stone size. The individual pebbles remain noticeable once laid, but they are still small enough to spread comfortably across beds and borders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor general planting areas and planters, this size is usually more practical than the larger \u003cstrong\u003e60–100 mm Silver Granite cobbles\u003c\/strong\u003e. The 60–100 mm option is better suited to feature landscaping, larger shrubs, rock gardens and areas where individual stones should stand out more strongly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA suitable landscaping membrane can be installed underneath outdoor areas to keep the pebbles separate from the soil and make maintenance easier.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eColour and Natural Finish\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSilver Granite Pebbles contain a natural mixture of \u003cstrong\u003esilver, pale grey, white and darker grey mineral markings\u003c\/strong\u003e. The speckled pattern varies between individual stones.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen wet, the granite generally becomes slightly darker and the natural mineral pattern becomes more noticeable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eNatural Stone Variations\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSilver Granite Pebbles are a \u003cstrong\u003enatural product\u003c\/strong\u003e, so differences in colour, markings, shape and exact size should be expected.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe stated \u003cstrong\u003e30–60 mm grading is approximate\u003c\/strong\u003e, and some stones may fall slightly outside this range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eProduct photographs are intended to represent the material as accurately as possible, although natural batch variation, lighting and screen settings can affect how the colour appears.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and Maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eLeaves, soil and loose garden debris can normally be removed with a brush, garden blower or gentle rinse with water.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eUsing a landscaping membrane underneath the pebbles can help prevent soil from mixing with the stone and keep the finished area easier to maintain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTransport and Delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe deliver decorative stone throughout the UK, with quantities available for smaller garden projects as well as larger landscaping work.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLarger orders may be supplied on pallets. A \u003cstrong\u003efirm, level surface\u003c\/strong\u003e such as concrete, paving or asphalt is required for unloading with a pallet truck.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor larger quantities or landscaping projects beyond the options available online, please contact us for a quotation.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HeavyStones","offers":[{"title":"1kg","offer_id":53216698761482,"sku":null,"price":9.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"10kg","offer_id":53216698794250,"sku":null,"price":28.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"20kg","offer_id":53216698827018,"sku":null,"price":39.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0953\/2299\/7002\/files\/grey-granite-pebbles-30-60mm.png?v=1781563296"},{"product_id":"silver-granite-pebbles-60-100mm-premium-decorative-stones","title":"Silver Granite Pebbles 60-100mm – Premium Decorative Stones","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSilver Granite Pebbles 60–100mm – Premium Decorative Stones\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eSilver Granite Pebbles \u003cstrong\u003e60–100 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e are large natural granite cobbles with a light silver-grey colour and distinctive darker mineral speckling. The stones are rounded and smooth, giving them a softer appearance than angular granite gravel while keeping the natural character of the material.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e60–100 mm size\u003c\/strong\u003e is a cobble-style grading intended mainly for feature landscaping. It works best in larger borders, around established planting, in rock gardens and in areas where the stones should remain clearly visible.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProperties and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Natural granite\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60–100 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver, light grey and darker grey mineral tones\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rounded and smooth\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSurface:\u003c\/strong\u003e Natural granite texture\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAppearance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Large light-grey cobbles with visible speckled markings\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDurability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hard-wearing stone suitable for long-term outdoor use\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaintenance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy to clean and maintain\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e60–100 mm cobble size\u003c\/strong\u003e is better suited to decorative features than general ground coverage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeature Borders:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for creating substantial decorative edges around planting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAround Trees \u0026amp; Shrubs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Works well around established shrubs, small trees and specimen plants.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLarge Planters:\u003c\/strong\u003e Can be used as a top layer in substantial outdoor pots and landscape planters.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRock Gardens:\u003c\/strong\u003e Combines well with boulders, grasses and architectural planting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWater Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable around ponds, fountains and other decorative water areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e Useful around ornaments, sculptures and focal landscaping elements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDecorative Landscaping:\u003c\/strong\u003e A good choice where larger silver-grey stones are intended to stand out within the design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eUsing 60–100 mm Silver Granite Pebbles\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e60–100 mm grading\u003c\/strong\u003e is considerably larger than standard Silver Granite gravel and is intended to be used more selectively.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eRather than forming a fine, continuous gravel surface, these stones work best as visible cobbles around planting and landscaping features. For paths, general ground coverage or areas where a smaller and more even surface is required, \u003cstrong\u003esmaller Silver Granite gravel sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e are usually more practical.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA suitable landscaping membrane can be installed underneath the stones to keep them separate from the soil and simplify maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eColour and Natural Finish\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSilver Granite Pebbles contain a natural mixture of \u003cstrong\u003esilver, pale grey, white and darker grey mineral markings\u003c\/strong\u003e. The speckled granite pattern varies from stone to stone.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe colour usually becomes slightly deeper when wet, making the darker mineral grains more noticeable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eNatural Stone Variations\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSilver Granite Pebbles are a \u003cstrong\u003enatural product\u003c\/strong\u003e, so differences in colour, markings, shape and exact dimensions should be expected.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe stated \u003cstrong\u003e60–100 mm grading is approximate\u003c\/strong\u003e, and some individual stones may fall slightly outside this range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eProduct photographs are intended to represent the material as accurately as possible, although natural batch variation, lighting and screen settings can affect how the colour appears.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and Maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eLeaves, soil and loose garden debris can normally be removed with a brush, garden blower or gentle rinse with water.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eUsing a landscaping membrane underneath the cobbles can help prevent soil from working between the stones and keep the area easier to maintain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTransport and Delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe deliver decorative stone throughout the UK, with quantities available for smaller feature projects as well as larger landscaping work.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLarger orders may be supplied on pallets. A \u003cstrong\u003efirm, level surface\u003c\/strong\u003e such as concrete, paving or asphalt is required for unloading with a pallet truck.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor larger quantities or landscaping projects beyond the options available online, please contact us for a quotation.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HeavyStones","offers":[{"title":"1kg","offer_id":53216698859786,"sku":null,"price":9.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"10kg","offer_id":53216698892554,"sku":null,"price":28.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"20kg","offer_id":53216698925322,"sku":null,"price":39.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0953\/2299\/7002\/files\/grey-granite-pebbles-60-100mm.png?v=1781563297"},{"product_id":"silver-granite-balls-30-50mm-premium-decorative-stones","title":"Silver Granite Balls 30-50mm – Premium Decorative Stones","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSilver Granite Balls 30–50mm – Premium Decorative Stones\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eSilver Granite Balls \u003cstrong\u003e30–50 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e are rounded natural granite stones with a light silver-grey colour and distinctive darker mineral speckling. Compared with standard Silver Granite pebbles, these stones have a more regular, ball-like shape, giving landscaped areas a cleaner and more structured finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e30–50 mm size\u003c\/strong\u003e works well in planters, flower beds, borders and decorative garden features. Their rounded form makes them better suited to ornamental landscaping than paths or driveways where a more stable angular stone is normally preferred.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProperties and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Natural granite\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30–50 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver, light grey and darker grey mineral tones\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rounded, ball-like form\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSurface:\u003c\/strong\u003e Natural granite texture\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAppearance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Speckled silver-grey finish with a more uniform rounded shape\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDurability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hard-wearing stone suitable for long-term outdoor use\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaintenance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy to clean and maintain\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe rounded \u003cstrong\u003e30–50 mm grading\u003c\/strong\u003e is mainly intended for decorative garden use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlower Beds:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable around flowers, shrubs and ornamental grasses.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanters \u0026amp; Pots:\u003c\/strong\u003e Works well as a decorative top layer in medium and large outdoor planters.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Borders:\u003c\/strong\u003e Creates a neat finish alongside lawns, paving and planting areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAround Shrubs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Useful around established plants where a more structured stone finish is wanted.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable around ornaments, sculptures and other focal areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWater Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rounded shape works well around fountains and decorative water features.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDecorative Landscaping:\u003c\/strong\u003e Can be mixed with larger granite stones or contrasting materials to create patterned or defined areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eUsing 30–50 mm Silver Granite Balls\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e30–50 mm size\u003c\/strong\u003e is large enough for the rounded shape of each stone to remain clearly visible once installed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eUnlike angular gravel, these granite balls are primarily intended for \u003cstrong\u003edecorative areas rather than heavily walked surfaces or driveways\u003c\/strong\u003e, as rounded stones can move more easily underfoot.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey are particularly useful in planters, borders and feature sections where the regular shape becomes part of the finished design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA suitable landscaping membrane can be installed underneath outdoor areas to keep the stones separate from the soil and make maintenance easier.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eColour and Natural Finish\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSilver Granite Balls contain a natural mixture of \u003cstrong\u003esilver, pale grey, white and darker grey mineral markings\u003c\/strong\u003e. The characteristic speckled granite pattern varies slightly between individual stones.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen wet, the granite generally becomes slightly darker and the mineral markings become more noticeable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eNatural Stone Variations\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSilver Granite Balls are made from \u003cstrong\u003enatural stone\u003c\/strong\u003e, so small differences in colour, markings, shape and surface texture should be expected.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAlthough the stones have a rounded, ball-like form, they are not manufactured spheres and will not all be perfectly identical.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe stated \u003cstrong\u003e30–50 mm grading is approximate\u003c\/strong\u003e, and some stones may fall slightly outside this range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eProduct photographs are intended to represent the material as accurately as possible, although natural batch variation, lighting and screen settings can affect how the colour appears.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and Maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eLeaves, soil and loose garden debris can normally be removed with a brush, garden blower or gentle rinse with water.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eUsing a landscaping membrane underneath the stones can help reduce soil contamination and keep the finished area easier to maintain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTransport and Delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe deliver decorative stone throughout the UK, with quantities available for smaller garden projects as well as larger landscaping work.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLarger orders may be supplied on pallets. A \u003cstrong\u003efirm, level surface\u003c\/strong\u003e such as concrete, paving or asphalt is required for unloading with a pallet truck.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor larger quantities or landscaping projects beyond the options available online, please contact us for a quotation.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HeavyStones","offers":[{"title":"1kg","offer_id":53216698958090,"sku":null,"price":9.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"10kg","offer_id":53216698990858,"sku":null,"price":28.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"20kg","offer_id":53216699023626,"sku":null,"price":39.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0953\/2299\/7002\/files\/grey-granite-balls-30-50mm.png?v=1781563299"},{"product_id":"black-lava-volcanic-stone-30-50mm-premium-decorative-stones","title":"Black Lava Volcanic Stone 30-50mm – Premium Decorative Stones","description":"\u003ch2\u003eBlack Lava Volcanic Stone 30–50 mm – Decorative Garden Pebbles\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBlack Lava Volcanic Stone \u003cstrong\u003e30–50 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e is a natural landscaping stone from \u003cstrong\u003eIndonesia 🇮🇩\u003c\/strong\u003e. The stones are collected from volcanic areas and tumbled to soften the edges and produce a more consistent shape.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe black and dark charcoal colour gives planted areas a clean contrast without looking artificial. At \u003cstrong\u003e30–50 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e, the stones are large enough to remain clearly visible around shrubs, grasses and established plants, making them a good choice for borders, planters and larger decorative areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProperties and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrigin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Indonesia 🇮🇩\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Natural volcanic stone\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30–50 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black and dark charcoal\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tumbled and rounded\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSurface:\u003c\/strong\u003e Naturally textured and slightly porous\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Matt when dry and darker when wet\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDurability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for permanent outdoor landscaping\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaintenance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy to keep clean and does not need regular replacement like bark or other organic coverings\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e30–50 mm size\u003c\/strong\u003e is best suited to areas where the stone is intended to remain visible rather than form a fine gravel surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlower beds:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use around shrubs, grasses and larger plants as a decorative ground covering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGarden borders:\u003c\/strong\u003e Creates a clear edge between planting and lawns, paving or other landscaped areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanters:\u003c\/strong\u003e Works well as a top layer in larger pots and outdoor planters.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAround trees and shrubs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Helps give established planting areas a neat, finished appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRock gardens:\u003c\/strong\u003e The dark colour and volcanic texture suit both natural and modern rock garden designs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDecorative landscaping:\u003c\/strong\u003e Can be used alongside paving, timber, concrete and lighter-coloured stones to create contrast.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eUsing 30–50 mm Black Lava Stone\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause this is a larger decorative stone, individual pieces remain visible once installed. This makes the \u003cstrong\u003e30–50 mm fraction\u003c\/strong\u003e better suited to larger beds, borders and planters than areas where a fine, compact surface is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor most landscaping projects, we recommend preparing the ground first and using a suitable landscaping membrane where appropriate. This helps separate the stone from the soil and makes the finished area easier to maintain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eColour and Natural Variation\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBlack Lava Stone is a natural material, so \u003cstrong\u003ecolour, shape, texture and exact stone size will vary\u003c\/strong\u003e. Some pieces may be darker, lighter or more porous than others.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe stone normally appears lighter when dry and becomes noticeably darker when wet. Product photographs may therefore show the material in both conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eScreen settings, lighting and natural differences between batches can also affect how the colour appears.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and Maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOutdoor stone will naturally collect dust, soil and organic material over time. Leaves and loose debris can usually be removed with a brush, blower or gentle rinse.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you want additional protection against weathering or discolouration, a suitable \u003cstrong\u003enatural stone sealer\u003c\/strong\u003e can be applied according to the manufacturer's instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTransport and Delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe deliver decorative stone throughout the UK, from smaller quantities for individual garden projects to pallet quantities for larger landscaping work.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLarger orders are delivered on pallets and require a \u003cstrong\u003efirm, level surface\u003c\/strong\u003e such as concrete, paving or asphalt so the pallet can be unloaded safely using a pallet truck.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor quantities not listed online or larger landscaping projects, please contact us for a quotation.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HeavyStones","offers":[{"title":"1kg","offer_id":53216699089162,"sku":null,"price":9.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"10kg","offer_id":53216699121930,"sku":null,"price":28.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"20kg","offer_id":53216699154698,"sku":null,"price":49.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0953\/2299\/7002\/files\/black-lava-volcanic-stone-30-50mm.png?v=1781563300"},{"product_id":"red-lava-volcanic-stone-30-50mm-premium-decorative-stones","title":"Red Lava Volcanic Stone 30-50mm – Premium Decorative Stones","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRed Lava Volcanic Stone 30–50mm – Premium Decorative Stones\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed Lava Volcanic Stone \u003cstrong\u003e30–50 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e is a natural decorative stone with warm red, brown and earthy volcanic tones. The stones are tumbled to soften the edges while retaining the characteristic porous surface of volcanic rock.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e30–50 mm size\u003c\/strong\u003e is suited to larger flower beds, borders, planters and areas around established shrubs and trees. The individual stones remain clearly visible once laid, giving planting areas a more textured finish than smaller lava gravel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProperties and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Natural volcanic stone\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30–50 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red, reddish-brown and earthy tones\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rounded and tumbled\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSurface:\u003c\/strong\u003e Naturally porous and textured\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAppearance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warm natural colouring with variation between stones\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDurability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for long-term outdoor landscaping\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaintenance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy to maintain once installed\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe larger \u003cstrong\u003e30–50 mm grading\u003c\/strong\u003e works well around established planting and in areas where the individual stones are intended to remain visible.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlower Beds:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable around shrubs, grasses and larger plants.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Borders:\u003c\/strong\u003e Creates a defined decorative edge between planting, lawns and paved areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAround Trees \u0026amp; Shrubs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Provides a neat ground covering around established plants.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanters \u0026amp; Pots:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable as a decorative top layer in larger outdoor planters and containers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRock Gardens:\u003c\/strong\u003e The porous volcanic texture works naturally alongside rocks, boulders and architectural plants.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e Useful around ornaments, stepping stones and other landscaped features.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDecorative Landscaping:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for larger sections where a warm red stone finish is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eUsing 30–50 mm Red Lava Volcanic Stone\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e30–50 mm size\u003c\/strong\u003e produces a noticeably larger and more textured finish than smaller red lava gravel sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is best used in larger beds, borders and planters where there is enough space for the individual stones to be seen. For smaller planting areas or where a finer surface is required, a smaller red lava gravel size may be more suitable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA landscaping membrane can be installed underneath the stone to separate it from the soil and make the area easier to maintain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eColour and Natural Finish\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed Lava Volcanic Stone contains a natural mixture of \u003cstrong\u003ered, terracotta, reddish-brown and darker earthy shades\u003c\/strong\u003e. Some stones may be lighter or darker than others.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe porous surface gives each piece its own texture, and the colour usually becomes deeper when the stone is wet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eNatural Stone Variations\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed Lava Volcanic Stone is a \u003cstrong\u003enatural product\u003c\/strong\u003e, so differences in colour, shape, texture and porosity should be expected.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe stated \u003cstrong\u003e30–50 mm grading is approximate\u003c\/strong\u003e, and some individual stones may fall slightly outside this range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eProduct photographs are intended to represent the material as accurately as possible, although natural batch variation, lighting and screen settings can affect how the colour appears.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and Maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eLeaves, soil and other loose garden debris can normally be removed with a brush, garden blower or gentle rinse.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor outdoor installations, keeping the stone separated from the soil with a suitable landscaping membrane can help maintain a cleaner finish over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTransport and Delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe deliver decorative stone throughout the UK, with quantities available for smaller garden projects as well as larger landscaping work.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLarger orders may be supplied on pallets. A \u003cstrong\u003efirm, level surface\u003c\/strong\u003e such as concrete, paving or asphalt is required for unloading with a pallet truck.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor larger quantities or landscaping projects beyond the options available online, please contact us for a quotation.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HeavyStones","offers":[{"title":"1kg","offer_id":53216699253002,"sku":null,"price":9.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"10kg","offer_id":53216699285770,"sku":null,"price":28.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"20kg","offer_id":53216699318538,"sku":null,"price":49.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0953\/2299\/7002\/files\/red-lava-volcanic-stone-30-50mm.png?v=1781563301"},{"product_id":"polar-white-gravel-4-8mm-premium-decorative-stones","title":"Polar White Gravel 4-8mm – Premium Decorative Stones","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePolar White Gravel 4–8mm – Premium Decorative Stones\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003ePolar White Gravel \u003cstrong\u003e4–8 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e is a bright white decorative stone with a clean, crisp finish. The smaller grading creates a finer surface than the \u003cstrong\u003elarger Polar White gravel sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e, making it useful where a neat and more detailed appearance is wanted.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e4–8 mm size\u003c\/strong\u003e is best suited to planters, small flower beds, narrow borders and decorative areas around smaller plants. It can also be used between paving and in other areas where larger gravel would look too coarse.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProperties and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Natural decorative stone\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4–8 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bright white with subtle natural variation\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Angular and irregular\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSurface:\u003c\/strong\u003e Natural stone finish\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAppearance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fine, clean and bright\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDurability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for long-term outdoor landscaping\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaintenance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy to clean and maintain\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe small \u003cstrong\u003e4–8 mm grading\u003c\/strong\u003e works well in detailed garden areas and spaces where a finer decorative finish is preferred.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmall Flower Beds:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable around smaller flowers, herbs and low-growing plants.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanters \u0026amp; Pots:\u003c\/strong\u003e An excellent size for top dressing pots, containers and garden planters.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNarrow Borders:\u003c\/strong\u003e Useful for slim planting strips and smaller landscaped areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBetween Paving:\u003c\/strong\u003e Can be used decoratively in gaps and sections between paving slabs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable around ornaments, stepping stones and smaller decorative features.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIndoor Planters:\u003c\/strong\u003e Can also be used as a decorative top layer in larger indoor plant pots.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eUsing 4–8 mm Polar White Gravel\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e4–8 mm size is the smallest Polar White gravel size\u003c\/strong\u003e and produces the finest overall appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause the pieces are smaller, they sit more closely together and are well suited to planters, detailed borders and compact decorative areas. For larger paths, beds or more prominent landscaping features, one of the \u003cstrong\u003elarger Polar White gravel sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e may be more suitable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA landscaping membrane can be installed underneath outdoor decorative areas to help separate the gravel from the soil and make maintenance easier.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eColour and Natural Finish\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePolar White Gravel has a clean \u003cstrong\u003ewhite to off-white appearance\u003c\/strong\u003e that contrasts well with green foliage, dark soil, timber and darker paving.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe stone may appear slightly different when wet, and individual pieces can contain subtle natural markings or variations in tone.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eNatural Stone Variations\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePolar White Gravel is a \u003cstrong\u003enatural stone product\u003c\/strong\u003e, so differences in colour, shape and surface texture should be expected.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe stated \u003cstrong\u003e4–8 mm grading is approximate\u003c\/strong\u003e, and a small proportion of stones may fall slightly outside this range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eProduct photographs are intended to represent the material as accurately as possible, although colour may vary slightly depending on lighting and screen settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and Maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhite decorative gravel can show soil, leaves and other garden debris more readily than darker stone. Regularly removing loose material will help maintain its clean appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe gravel can be gently rinsed with water when required. Installing a landscaping membrane underneath also helps prevent soil from mixing with the stone over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTransport and Delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe deliver decorative gravel throughout the UK, with quantities available for small garden projects as well as larger landscaping work.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLarger orders may be supplied on pallets. A \u003cstrong\u003efirm, level surface\u003c\/strong\u003e such as concrete, paving or asphalt is required for unloading with a pallet truck.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor larger quantities or landscaping projects beyond the options available online, please contact us for a quotation.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HeavyStones","offers":[{"title":"1kg","offer_id":53216723960074,"sku":null,"price":9.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"10kg","offer_id":53216723992842,"sku":null,"price":24.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"20kg","offer_id":53216724025610,"sku":null,"price":32.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0953\/2299\/7002\/files\/polar-white-thassos-gravel-4-8mm.png?v=1781563785"},{"product_id":"polar-white-gravel-8-16mm-premium-decorative-stones","title":"Polar White Gravel 8-16mm – Premium Decorative Stones","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePolar White Gravel 8–16mm – Premium Decorative Stones\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003ePolar White Gravel \u003cstrong\u003e8–16 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e is a bright white decorative stone suited to a wide range of garden and landscaping projects. This medium grading gives a fuller finish than the smaller 4–8 mm size while remaining easy to use across beds, borders and paths.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e8–16 mm size\u003c\/strong\u003e is a good all-round option for general landscaping. It is large enough to show the shape of the individual stones but still small enough to create an even decorative surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProperties and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Natural decorative stone\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8–16 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bright white with subtle natural variation\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Angular and irregular\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSurface:\u003c\/strong\u003e Natural stone finish\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAppearance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clean, bright and evenly textured\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDurability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for long-term outdoor landscaping\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaintenance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy to clean and maintain\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e8–16 mm grading\u003c\/strong\u003e is a versatile choice for many common garden uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlower Beds:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable around flowers, shrubs and ornamental grasses.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Borders:\u003c\/strong\u003e Creates a clean separation between planting areas, lawns and paving.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePaths:\u003c\/strong\u003e Can be used for decorative garden paths and lightly used walkways.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanters \u0026amp; Pots:\u003c\/strong\u003e Works well as a top layer in medium and large outdoor planters.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAround Shrubs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gives established planting areas a tidy finished surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGeneral Landscaping:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for larger decorative areas where a bright white gravel finish is wanted.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePaving \u0026amp; Edging:\u003c\/strong\u003e Can be used alongside patios, paving slabs and garden edging.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eUsing 8–16 mm Polar White Gravel\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e8–16 mm size is the medium Polar White gravel size\u003c\/strong\u003e, sitting between the finer 4–8 mm gravel and the larger 16–32 mm gravel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is a practical option where the 4–8 mm size may look too fine, but the larger Polar White gravel size would be too dominant. This makes it well suited to beds, borders, paths and general decorative landscaping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA suitable landscaping membrane can be installed underneath outdoor areas to help keep the gravel separate from the soil and make maintenance easier.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eColour and Natural Finish\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePolar White Gravel has a clean \u003cstrong\u003ewhite to off-white appearance\u003c\/strong\u003e that contrasts well with green foliage, dark soil, timber and darker paving.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe stone may appear slightly different when wet, and individual pieces can contain subtle natural markings or tonal variation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eNatural Stone Variations\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePolar White Gravel is a \u003cstrong\u003enatural stone product\u003c\/strong\u003e, so differences in colour, shape and surface texture should be expected.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe stated \u003cstrong\u003e8–16 mm grading is approximate\u003c\/strong\u003e, and a small proportion of stones may fall slightly outside this range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eProduct photographs are intended to represent the material as accurately as possible, although colour may vary slightly depending on lighting and screen settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and Maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhite decorative gravel can show soil, leaves and other garden debris more readily than darker stone. Regularly removing loose material will help maintain its clean appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe gravel can be gently rinsed with water when required. Installing a landscaping membrane underneath also helps prevent soil from mixing with the stone over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTransport and Delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe deliver decorative gravel throughout the UK, with quantities available for small garden projects as well as larger landscaping work.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLarger orders may be supplied on pallets. A \u003cstrong\u003efirm, level surface\u003c\/strong\u003e such as concrete, paving or asphalt is required for unloading with a pallet truck.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor larger quantities or landscaping projects beyond the options available online, please contact us for a quotation.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HeavyStones","offers":[{"title":"1kg","offer_id":53216724058378,"sku":null,"price":9.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"10kg","offer_id":53216724091146,"sku":null,"price":24.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"20kg","offer_id":53216724123914,"sku":null,"price":32.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0953\/2299\/7002\/files\/polar-white-thassos-gravel-8-16mm_b0a04d63-ade6-4ff0-a31a-092200201ffb.png?v=1781563786"},{"product_id":"polar-white-gravel-16-32mm-premium-decorative-stones","title":"Polar White Gravel 16-32mm – Premium Decorative Stones","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePolar White Gravel 16–32mm – Premium Decorative Stones\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003ePolar White Gravel \u003cstrong\u003e16–32 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e is the largest size in the Polar White gravel range. Its bright white colour and larger stone size make it well suited to areas where the gravel is intended to remain clearly visible as part of the garden design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e16–32 mm size\u003c\/strong\u003e works best in larger flower beds, borders, around shrubs and trees, in substantial planters and across decorative landscaping areas. Compared with the smaller Polar White gravel sizes, it gives a bolder and more textured finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProperties and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Natural decorative stone\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16–32 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bright white with subtle natural variation\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Angular and irregular\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSurface:\u003c\/strong\u003e Natural stone finish\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAppearance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Larger, more pronounced decorative pieces\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDurability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for long-term outdoor landscaping\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaintenance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy to clean and maintain\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e16–32 mm grading\u003c\/strong\u003e is best used where a larger decorative stone is more suitable than a fine gravel finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLarge Flower Beds:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable around shrubs, grasses and established plants.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Borders:\u003c\/strong\u003e Creates a clearly defined edge between planting areas, lawns and paving.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAround Trees \u0026amp; Shrubs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Works well around larger plants where smaller gravel can look too fine.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLarge Planters \u0026amp; Pots:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable as a decorative top layer in substantial outdoor containers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeature Areas:\u003c\/strong\u003e A good choice for decorative sections where the white stone itself is part of the design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRock Gardens:\u003c\/strong\u003e Works well alongside boulders, feature stones and architectural planting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePaving \u0026amp; Edging:\u003c\/strong\u003e Can be used alongside patios, paving slabs, steps and other hard landscaping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eUsing 16–32 mm Polar White Gravel\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e16–32 mm size is the largest Polar White gravel size\u003c\/strong\u003e and gives the most visible, textured finish of the three options.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is better suited to larger beds, borders and feature areas than small planters or narrow spaces. If a finer and more even surface is required, the smaller Polar White gravel sizes may be a better choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA suitable landscaping membrane can be installed underneath outdoor areas to keep the gravel separate from the soil and make the area easier to maintain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eColour and Natural Finish\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePolar White Gravel has a clean \u003cstrong\u003ewhite to off-white appearance\u003c\/strong\u003e that stands out well against green foliage, darker soil, timber and paving.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe larger pieces make the individual shape and natural markings of each stone more noticeable. The colour may also appear slightly different when the gravel is wet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eNatural Stone Variations\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePolar White Gravel is a \u003cstrong\u003enatural stone product\u003c\/strong\u003e, so differences in colour, shape, markings and texture should be expected.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe stated \u003cstrong\u003e16–32 mm grading is approximate\u003c\/strong\u003e, and a small proportion of stones may fall slightly outside this range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eProduct photographs are intended to represent the material as accurately as possible, although colour may vary slightly depending on lighting and screen settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and Maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhite decorative gravel can show leaves, soil and other garden debris more readily than darker stone. Regular removal of loose material will help keep the surface looking clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe gravel can be gently rinsed with water when required. Installing a landscaping membrane underneath also helps reduce soil contamination over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTransport and Delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe deliver decorative gravel throughout the UK, with quantities available for smaller garden projects as well as larger landscaping work.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLarger orders may be supplied on pallets. A \u003cstrong\u003efirm, level surface\u003c\/strong\u003e such as concrete, paving or asphalt is required for unloading with a pallet truck.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor larger quantities or landscaping projects beyond the options available online, please contact us for a quotation.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HeavyStones","offers":[{"title":"1kg","offer_id":53216724156682,"sku":null,"price":9.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"10kg","offer_id":53216724189450,"sku":null,"price":24.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"20kg","offer_id":53216724222218,"sku":null,"price":32.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0953\/2299\/7002\/files\/polar-white-thassos-gravel-16-32mm.png?v=1781563787"},{"product_id":"garden-tabletop-firepit","title":"Helios Tabletop Fireplace","description":"\u003ch3 data-start=\"183\" data-end=\"540\" class=\"text-[1.6rem] md:text-4xl\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"183\" data-end=\"226\"\u003eReal flame, zero smoke — meet our \u003cem data-start=\"215\" data-end=\"223\"\u003eHelios Tabletop Fireplace\u003c\/em\u003e.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"183\" data-end=\"540\"\u003eDesigned for \u003cstrong data-start=\"242\" data-end=\"264\"\u003eindoor and outdoor\u003c\/strong\u003e spaces, the \u003cem data-start=\"277\" data-end=\"317\"\u003eSmoke-Free Flame Helios Round Fire Pit\u003c\/em\u003e brings the warmth of a real flame without the mess of smoke or soot. Its \u003cstrong data-start=\"391\" data-end=\"415\"\u003etempered-glass guard\u003c\/strong\u003e protects the flame from light wind, while the \u003cstrong data-start=\"462\" data-end=\"485\"\u003eweighted steel base\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong data-start=\"490\" data-end=\"507\"\u003enon-slip feet\u003c\/strong\u003e keep it secure on any surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"183\" data-end=\"540\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/8102\/6906\/files\/helios-tabletop-fireplace-in-different-sceneries.webp?v=1764454617\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"542\" data-end=\"817\"\u003eEach \u003cem data-start=\"547\" data-end=\"555\"\u003eHelios\u003c\/em\u003e includes a hand-selected set of \u003cstrong data-start=\"588\" data-end=\"615\"\u003edecorative river stones\u003c\/strong\u003e, allowing you to style the fire pit to match your space — whether on a dining table, balcony, or garden patio. The stones not only elevate its look but also enhance the natural ambience of the flame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"819\" data-end=\"1006\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"819\" data-end=\"840\"\u003eFuel not included\u003c\/strong\u003e — simply pour your chosen bioethanol fuel, light it, and enjoy a \u003cstrong data-start=\"906\" data-end=\"932\"\u003eclean, smokeless flame\u003c\/strong\u003e for \u003cstrong data-start=\"937\" data-end=\"978\"\u003eapproximately 75–120 minutes per fill\u003c\/strong\u003e, depending on conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1008\" data-end=\"1241\"\u003eNo chimney. No power cables. No smoke. Just the effortless glow of real fire. When the evening winds down, use the included \u003cstrong data-start=\"1132\" data-end=\"1148\"\u003esnuffer tool\u003c\/strong\u003e to extinguish the flame safely and let the unit cool before moving it indoors for storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr data-start=\"1243\" data-end=\"1246\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1248\" data-end=\"1262\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1248\" data-end=\"1262\"\u003eHighlights\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-start=\"1264\" data-end=\"1916\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1264\" data-end=\"1374\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1266\" data-end=\"1374\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1266\" data-end=\"1296\"\u003eDecorative stones included\u003c\/strong\u003e – style your Helios fire pit with natural river stones for a premium finish\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1375\" data-end=\"1452\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1377\" data-end=\"1452\"\u003eClean, \u003cstrong data-start=\"1384\" data-end=\"1414\"\u003esmokeless bioethanol flame\u003c\/strong\u003e – real warmth without soot or odour\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1453\" data-end=\"1526\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1455\" data-end=\"1526\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1455\" data-end=\"1475\"\u003eIndoor \u0026amp; outdoor\u003c\/strong\u003e ready – perfect for tables, patios, or balconies\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1527\" data-end=\"1620\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1529\" data-end=\"1620\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1529\" data-end=\"1553\"\u003eTempered glass guard\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong data-start=\"1555\" data-end=\"1581\"\u003eweighted anti-tip base\u003c\/strong\u003e, and \u003cstrong data-start=\"1587\" data-end=\"1604\"\u003enon-slip feet\u003c\/strong\u003e for stability\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1621\" data-end=\"1705\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1623\" data-end=\"1705\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1623\" data-end=\"1667\"\u003eStainless-steel burner with ceramic core\u003c\/strong\u003e – steady flame and longer burn time\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1706\" data-end=\"1786\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1708\" data-end=\"1786\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1708\" data-end=\"1733\"\u003eAccessories included:\u003c\/strong\u003e stones, snuffer, metal funnel, heat mat, and guide\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1787\" data-end=\"1857\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1789\" data-end=\"1857\"\u003eTypical burn time: \u003cstrong data-start=\"1808\" data-end=\"1835\"\u003e75–120 minutes per fill\u003c\/strong\u003e (fuel not included)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1858\" data-end=\"1916\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1860\" data-end=\"1916\"\u003eStore indoors once cool and dry to preserve the finish\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"HeavyStones","offers":[{"title":"Black \/ Red Glass Pebbles","offer_id":53216742146314,"sku":null,"price":59.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ Green Glass Pebbles","offer_id":53216742179082,"sku":null,"price":59.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ Orange Glass Pebbles","offer_id":53216742211850,"sku":null,"price":59.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0953\/2299\/7002\/files\/white-thassos-marble-gravel-with-helios-tabletop-fireplace.webp?v=1781564297"}],"url":"https:\/\/heavystones.co.uk\/collections\/all-natural-bath-products.oembed","provider":"HeavyStones","version":"1.0","type":"link"}